Professional Documents
Culture Documents
T - C2019 Official Notes PDF
T - C2019 Official Notes PDF
T - C2019 Official Notes PDF
1
ABOUT TRAFFIC & CONVERSION SUMMIT
c Copyright 2019
Traffic & Conversion Summit, LLC | All Rights Reserved.
trafficandconversionsummit.com
Table of Contents
“The Squatty Potty Secret Sauce” Revealed: Why Aiming for Viral Videos Is
the Wrong Approach to Marketing Your Brand
| Daniel Harmon & Benton Crane........................................................................... 23
Are You Selling Information? Use the 4-Step Audience Ascension Ladder to
Explode Your Sales
| Russ Henneberry............................................................................................... 34
Inbox HERO: How to Write Emails that Will Have Your List Clicking, Buying,
and Drooling at Every Word
| Laura Belgray.................................................................................................... 52
7 Strategies That Won Big for DigitalMarketer in 2018, Plus 1 That Failed
Miserably
| Justin Rondeau................................................................................................. 67
3
From Poop to Gold: A Fireside Chat with Dan Harmon
| Daniel Harmon & Garrett Holmes......................................................................... 73
Proving ROI of Community: How to Nail Down Value for Members and Drive
Tangible Business Impact
| Suzi Nelson...................................................................................................... 78
Three Money-Making Messenger Marketing Flows You Can Copy and Paste
Into Your Business
| Arri Bagah........................................................................................................ 93
“TRUST ME!” Spend Less Time Getting MORE Clients by Boosting TRUST &
Social Proof
| Jeff Mask....................................................................................................... 112
4
The Rapid Agency Growth Plan: A Surefire Strategy to Scale Your Agency
and Land High-Paying Clients Who “Get It”
| Dominic Cummins........................................................................................... 136
How to Build a Social Media Sales Machine (with Organic Content + Paid
Facebook Ads)
| Amanda Bond................................................................................................. 145
Profit with Facebook Ads from Day 1 by Optimizing the Most Important
(and Under-Utilized) Webpage in Your Funnel
| Nicholas Kusmich............................................................................................ 154
What Affiliates Want: How To Recruit, Incentivize, and Close Top Affiliate
Partners To Go Big For Your Offers And Dramatically Accelerate Your
Affiliate Profits
| Amber Spears................................................................................................. 166
“The Smart Social System” - Copy the Same Content Marketing Strategy I
Used to Build 4 Brands and Generate over $50 MM in the Last 3 Years
| Ezra Firestone................................................................................................. 171
5
7 Conversational Marketing Secrets that Will Give Your Business an Unfair
Advantage in 2019
| Dave Gerhardt................................................................................................ 176
Attract and Retain your Best Clients with Challenge Funnels: A Fireside Chat
with Dave Woodward
| Dave Woodward & Garrett Holmes.................................................................... 181
How One Checklist Generated 6 Figures in One Day: Utilizing the Power of
Micro-Events
| Zenovia Andrews............................................................................................. 189
Quiz Funnels! 3 Quizzes You Can Use to Explode the Growth of Your Email
List This Year
| Ryan Levesque................................................................................................ 213
6
The Rank And Review System for Amazon Sellers: How to Use Messenger to
Take Control of Your Amazon Business
| Michelle Smith................................................................................................ 225
How in The World Are Influencers Crossing $10M/Year Sharing Their Advice
and Content!?
| Brendon Burchard........................................................................................... 256
7
The Social Search Traffic Method - A 2019 Pay-Per-Click Ads Game Plan
| Vince Reed..................................................................................................... 281
Big Money From Small Events: How I Made $1 Million+ In New Revenue
From Running Live Events On A Shoestring Budget
| Oli Billson...................................................................................................... 306
Building Organic Traffic & Boosting Authority With Guest Podcasting and
Blogging: A Fireside Chat with Sherry Bonelli
| Sherry Bonelli & Garrett Holmes........................................................................ 311
How to Create Incredible Fans and Viral Videos that Get a Million Views
| Trent Shelton.................................................................................................. 318
7-Step “Success Loop”: How I Generated Over $1 Billion With My Brands &
Companies
| Dean Graziosi................................................................................................. 332
8
Plugging Revenue Leaks to Maximize Your Ad Spend and Create an Air-
Tight Funnel
| Grant Perry & Brian York................................................................................... 343
5 Mental Triggers Influencers Use to Create Lucrative Sales Videos and Ads
| Dean Graziosi................................................................................................. 366
The “Success Gap” Framework - Our Proven Method to 5X the Traffic &
Growth of Your Digital Business in 18 Months or Less
| Syed Balkhi.................................................................................................... 381
9
“Hot Seat” - Live Deep-Dive Critique of Over $3MM eCommerce Ad Spend
| Molly Pittman & Ezra Firestone.......................................................................... 397
7 Hacks Working Right Now Which Can Boost Your Average Order Value By
As Much As 200%
| Todd Brown.................................................................................................... 402
How to Launch a Business Podcast and Own Your Category with “Lifestyle”
Social Media
| Julie Solomon & Brendon Burchard.................................................................... 431
“The Soap Opera Offer”: Discover TV’s Secret Storytelling Formula for
Hooking Viewers, 3X’ing Conversions, and Driving INSANE Customer
Loyalty
| Perry Belcher.................................................................................................. 444
10
Secrets of eCommerce Giants: How to Eliminate 100% of Your Duty Costs
and Save (Literally) Millions Per Year (PLUS the Keys to Breaking Into the
Canadian Market)
| Steven Page & Daniel Carnat............................................................................ 459
Shocking Lessons from $1.3 Billion in Ad Spend: A Fireside Chat with Scott
Desgrosseilliers
| Scott Desgrosseilliers & Garrett Holmes.............................................................. 465
7 Numbers for Marketers Who Hate Numbers (What They Mean, What to
Do With Them, and Why Facebook & Google Never Agree On Them)
| Chris Mercer................................................................................................... 481
The 6-Step Chatbot Campaign Formula That Will Double Your Traffic and
Conversions
| Natasha Takahashi........................................................................................... 492
[CASE STUDY] Learn the AdWords Strategies Our Two Agencies Deployed
to Increase a Single Client’s Revenue by $1.3MM in 10 months
| Michael King.................................................................................................. 497
11
How DigitalMarketer Increased Organic Trials by 71% in 12 Months Through
Redesigns, Algorithm Updates, and Technical Issues
| Amanda Powell............................................................................................... 522
Sell Without Selling: My Secret to 800+ Online Front-End Orders Per Day,
Every Day
| Dean Graziosi................................................................................................. 536
For Influencers Only: From 6-Figure Debt to 7-Figure Book Deals, the 5
Essential Steps to Building an 8-Figure Personal Brand Business
| JJ Virgin & Karl Krummenacher.......................................................................... 554
“The Million Dollar” Video Ad Formula That Works Again & Again & Again
| Billy Gene Shaw.............................................................................................. 572
12
Achieving Unicorn Growth: 5 Rapid Customer Acquisition Strategies
Guaranteed To Drive Massive Results
| Roland Frasier................................................................................................. 576
Instantly 3X -10X Your List Revenue in 7 Days Flat Without Sending Another
Email Or Adding a Single New Subscriber Using The Octopus Method
| Amanda Dobson............................................................................................. 590
The Next GDPR: How the Revised E-Privacy Directive is Going to Shake Up
Digital Marketing Even More Than GDPR
| Suzanne Dibble............................................................................................... 600
Unlocking the Power of Your Alter Ego to Transform your Professional Life:
A Fireside Chat with Todd Herman
| Todd Herman & Garrett Holmes......................................................................... 604
The Brand Duality: Building Brand Personality + Personal Brands That Work
Together To Drive Brand Growth
| Ryan Deiss..................................................................................................... 616
13
Turning 1 Customer Into 3: Strategies to Turn Happy Customers into Brand
Evangelists and Promoters
| Richard Lindner............................................................................................... 631
7 Musts to Start & Scale Your Business to $100 Million Dollars Like I Did
| Dean Graziosi................................................................................................. 638
ACT Like an Analyst: The 3x3 Question Grid to Help Anyone Turn Data into
Dollars
| John Grimshaw............................................................................................... 643
Connected: The Weird Little Strategy That Allows You to Partner with
Richard Branson, Billionaires, Movie Stars + Influencers
| Joe Polish...................................................................................................... 689
14
Ryan Deiss
Co-Founder & CEO, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Traffic costs are higher than ever, conversion rates are lower than ever, and it’s getting harder
and harder to get new brands noticed. Face it…marketing in 2019 is no cakewalk. In this
opening keynote, DigitalMarketer Co-Founder and CEO, Ryan Deiss, will break down the
cause of these changes, and give you 5 strategies to rise above the noise to compete and
win.
15
Technology moves through 5 phases:
Right now, we’re at the end of Phase 5—which means the opportunity for
innovation and disruption is the largest that it’ll be for years.
Discovery: 1994-2000
Proliferation: 2001-2009
16
Standardization: 2010-2014
Consolidation: 2015-2019
2019 is the year that U.S. digital ad spend will surpass offline ad spend. The
digital marketers, agencies, entrepreneurs, and founders who don’t want to
accept that it’s time to disrupt are going to be left behind.
17
Strategy #1: Shifting from Fast to Slow
Fast to Slow:
Funnels need to be shifted into a journey. The journey starts as the customer
coming to us in an incomplete and sad state. Over time, they shift into a
complete, happy state.
Have you mapped your customers’ journey? You can do it for free (without
having to opt-in) at https://digitalmarketer.com/journey.
18
Automation to Conversation:
For every action, there is an equal and opposite reaction. The action in
the past decade has been towards automation and we are about to see a
significant reaction to it.
This reaction is going to come in the form of talking to your customers. Chat
with them on Facebook, use Drift to automate chat conversations on your
website, and have bots filter (but NOT replace) basic human interaction.
The future of digital marketing belongs in companies who are willing to invest
in real-time, one-to-one interactions.
What “it doesn’t scale” really means is—we don’t know if it’s working and we
don’t know how to track it.
19
Untrackable Idea #4: Answer Stupid Questions
• Find ways to answer questions that your customers inevitably have
• Use Quora to answer questions about your industry or place a “Questions
and Answers” section on your homepage
20
This added form has decreased our conversions BUT it has increased the
value we are able to deliver to our customers.
With this customer segmentation, we are able to pair our customers with the
best programs, which means we’re able to increase the number of customers
in those programs. As a result, we’re also able to better predict the ROI we
can expect from each lead.
Fact: No one willingly follows a small idea. But in the age of disruption, it’s
time to become a fan of small ideas over big ones.
21
Don’t tell stories about your product—change the stories your customers tell
themselves through the transformation your product provides.
22
Daniel Harmon Benton Crane
Chief Creative Officer, Chief Executive Officer,
Harmon Brothers Harmon Brothers
Session Description:
Harmon Brothers is the agency behind the most successful ads in internet history. Our
distinctive video campaigns for brands such as Squatty Potty, Chatbooks, Purple, and Poo-
Pourri have driven over 1 billion views and helped produce over $300 million in sales. In this
session, you’ll learn humor is great but it’s not the goal, how to maximize the reach of your
content, and how you can deliver success within the parameters of your budget. We will
teach you how to tell a story that informs, entertains, and sells.
23
Advertising is either ineffective or expensive.
Direct response ads are ineffective at branding, but they have a short-term
ROI.
• For example: The Snuggie
Traditional branding builds beloved brands but they are expensive to uphold.
• For example: Ford or Nike
If an ad or video is too generic, it doesn’t set you apart from the competition.
24
Can easily be replaced by this Under Armour ad:
These Nike and Under Armour ads look alike, but because of the characters
they can’t be swapped like we did above.
25
By creating a brand character, you get comments like:
26
For example with Chatbooks, a photo book and card company, we used a
“Real Mom” campaign that focused on the character of an overwhelmed,
hard-working, stay-at-home mom.
Character stories are what make brands stick. The top 100 grossing films of all
time follow a similar storytelling format.
27
Your customer is their own hero in their own journey, it’s your job as a
marketer to guide them on that journey.
For Camp Chef, a camping grill, stove, and over company, we used a hero’s
journey in their campaign, view the ad here.
28
The results of this hero’s journey campaign were:
If you surprise the viewers without making it fitting to the product, they won’t
remember what the product was. When you tie in a surprise that fits the
product, it makes it memorable.
The ad has 30 million views, has been shared 443,000 times and has
increased sales across 30,000 retail stores by over 20%.
29
This other content is called “Side Kick Videos” that establishes the character
of your Hero’s Journey video. These are supportive to the hero and, along
with your hero video, need to have derivatives for:
These derivatives are the multiple touch points you’ll use to increase the
number of customers you reach and establish a relationship with the harder-
to-convert customers who need more touches.
With these derivatives, you don’t want to A/B test across channels (for
example, Facebook vs. Youtube), you want to A/B test within channels to see
which ad is performing the best.
Then, measure the entire marketing stack as a whole. No single channel lives
in a vacuum and they all impact each other. When you can create a rising
tide, all boats rise. This is the most important KPI to measure.
30
Tip #5: Use Rhythm
A short ad without rhythm feels long but an ad with rhythm makes the viewer
forget about time. Make the ad as long as it needs to be… but not a second
longer.
Use a “Laugh Graph” to figure out where the content has rhythm and where
it loses its rhythm. For example:
31
Another way to measure rhythm is with an audience retention curve:
By creating ads that have this rhythm, BedJet, a climate controller for your
bed, was able to see these results.
32
You can see the ad here.
Get a free copy of our book, From Poop To Gold: The Marketing Magic of
Harmon Brothers by texting POOP to 474747.
33
Russ Henneberry
Founder, Modern Publisher
Session Description:
The average information business struggles to consistently generate leads and sales
because they are missing one (or more) of the critical components needed to transform
strangers into die-hard loyalists willing to buy everything you sell. In this workshop-style
session, you’ll leave with a list of action items that will set your information business on the
path to enormous sales growth.
34
Information products are:
• Courses
• Books
• Events
• Etc.
modernpublisher.com/canvas
35
Step 1: Attention
Everyone thinks this is what content marketing is but it’s just the start. In Step
1, you’re driving attention to your business by giving away free products
through basic distribution methods.
At this stage, you have the least amount of distribution methods available to
you because you haven’t captured the prospect’s information yet.
Product Examples:
• Blog
• Podcast
• Video
• Social
Distribution Methods:
• Search
• Social
• Advertising
In the attention step, you want to give them value through the product and
most importantly, tell them what to do next. You need to build an ascension
into Step 2.
Step 2: Subscription
In Step 2, you’re still not selling anything. Instead, you’re using your product
to solve 1 problem that your prospect has. In this step, you’re asking the
prospect for a commitment of time over of money.
Product Examples:
• Lead Magnets
• Mini-classes
• Online free events
• In-person free events
36
Distribution Method:
• Content referral
• Search
• Social
• Advertising
This is the time to indoctrinate prospects by telling them about yourself and
explaining why you started your business and/or created your product.
Step 3: Acquisition
Product Examples:
• Splintered course
• Online event
• In-person event
• Print book
• Tripwire product
Distribution Methods:
• Email
• Facebook Messenger
• Retargeting
• Content referral
• Search
• Social
• Advertising
37
Your acquisition products are often little pieces of your bigger monetization
products. For example, if you’re selling a 5-step course, your acquisition
product could be 1 step of the 5 steps.
These products aren’t meant to have an ROI, they’re meant to acquire the
buyer to ascend them to the next step of monetization.
Step 4: Monetization
In Step 4, customers are buying your highest ticket item. The majority, if not
all, of these customers have bought a product in your acquisition stage. This
is the point where you want to see a massive ROI.
Product Examples:
• Masterclass/workshop
• Coaching/consulting
• Membership
• Mastermind
• In-person event
Distribution Methods:
• Stage pitch
• Webinar pitch
• Email
• Facebook Messenger
• Retargeting
• Content referral
• Search
• Social
• Advertising
Notice how many more distribution methods are available now that the
prospect has become a high-ticket buyer.
38
Characteristics of Monetization Products:
• High-commitment (money and/or time)
• Often billed monthly or annually
• Low volume
39
Austin Distel
CMO, Proof
Session Description:
The 10-year trend Austin is putting all his chips on at Proof is that the future of online
commerce will become more individual, light-weight, and ultimately create a delightful
experience that is worth talking about. When you accomplish these 3 things, conversion
increases, lifetime value goes up, and your customers become a powerful driver of growth.
In this session, Austin will show you how to do just that.
40
In the past, it was common practice to underpromise and overdeliver. In 2019
and beyond, it’s time to overpromise and overdeliver.
For example, you can charge a customer $40 for a bottle of wine or you can
charge them $185 by serving the wine to them on a boat.
How do you make 18x more revenue in your business this year? Turn
your product into an experience (serve the wine on a boat) by creating an
individualized, frictionless, and delightful customer experience.
Customers are the growth engine of your business and more importantly,
they’re humans. They have personalized wants and needs.
We see these personalized wants and needs on the ads displayed to us.
41
Companies displaying personalized ads are:
• Amazon
• Spotify
• Youtube
• Netflix
If somebody visited your website right now, would it be the same experience
for every user?
When you try to connect with everybody, you connect with nobody.
42
Clearbit, FullContact, Zapier, and Segment are automation tools that will help
users fill out these questions.
They create personalized experiences for new and returning website users.
The first call to action on the Proof homepage is to watch an instant demo.
When a user clicks on “Watch an instant demo” they are brought to the page
that asks them the question that will personalize their experience on the Proof
website.
43
Based off of the user’s answer (Saas, E-Commerce, Coaching, Agency, Other),
the next web page will be personalized to the type of business they have.
44
The E-Commerce Page looks like this...
45
And the Agencies Page looks like this...
When the user clicks on “Watch your demo now,” the headline on the demo
play page is personalized to their business.
46
To further personalize this page, if a user watches the demo but decides
not to start their 14-day trial on their initial website visit, but comes back to
UseProof.com another day, they don’t see a “Watch an instant demo” button.
And when they click on this button, the headline and testimonial are
personalized to their business. Below you’ll see it personalized to a Saas
business.
47
Creating an individualized experience converts.
48
Frictionless Experiences Disrupt Industries
It’s not what you sell, rather it’s how you sell it. Companies that are proving
this concept are:
• Lyft
• Dollar Shave Club
• Casper
• Warby Parker
• Carvana
• Rent the Runway
The old way of doing things is to try to make your product 10x better than
the competition’s. The new way of doing things is to make your experience
10x lighter than the competition’s.
“Good news, improving your experience is 10x easier than improving your
product 10x.” - Dharmesh, CTO of HubSpot
49
Delightful Experiences Create Raving Fans
For example, the investment app Robinhood gives a free stock of GE, Apple,
or Berkshire Hathaway to new customers and to current customers if they
refer a friend.
Proof is using this strategy by dedicating a website page that boosts the
authority of their customer. This is what DigitalMarketer’s page looks like:
Notice that Proof gives the user the option of going back to digitalmarketer.
com before learning more about Proof. They’re not getting in the way of the
50
user’s experience with DigitalMarketer and forcing the user to go to UseProof.
com. Instead, they are showcasing DigitalMarketer’s credibility by being
verified by Proof.
This verification led to a 175% increase of new trials from Proof customer’s
who were branded with “Verified By Proof.”
At the end of the day, personalization isn’t about you. It is about the
customer.
51
Laura Belgray
Founder, Talking Shrimp
Session Description:
In this session, Laura will help you discover why humble ol’ email is your most powerful
marketing edge (and why it beats other social media you’re told you “must be on” by a
landslide). She will show you how to have a bottomless goldmine of topics to write about,
plus give you 10 sneaky tricks to cut through the inbox clutter and write the only emails
anyone opens and reads.
52
Email is the engine and even with a small list (6,000 or fewer people), you can
make 6 figures.
It’s fair.
It’s intimate.
It’s gratifying.
Whatever you call it, show the real you in your emails. You can’t control
what people think of you—only what they see of you. Write about
intimate stories, casual conversation, and flaws.
Step 1: When You Write Emails, Ask Yourself: How Would You Talk to a
Friend?
• Conversational tone
• Written to ONE person
• Informal (but intriguing) subject line
• Instead of writing, “This Problem Is Keeping Me Up At Night [Superduper
Marketing Inc.]”, write, “This is keeping me up at night”
• Don’t give away the whole story
• Use the subject: What’s cheap, delicious, and stops leg cramps? vs.: Why
bananas have the most potassium
• Don’t make the subject line and preview text the same
• Don’t leave the preview text in “newsletter mode”
• Play with punctuation
• This is so you. vs. This is so you
53
Step 2: Get Regular
Be consistent with your content, don’t be the drunk uncle. You want to be
steady and regular. It builds trust.
If you have ghosted your email list, don’t make a big announcement about
your return. Just start sending emails out again.
Remember:
• Your emails don’t always have to be epic
• No one ever unsubscribed because your email was too short
• You’re not bugging your audience—they are choosing to be there
• Don’t get caught up in the Value Trap—value is when:
• People feel stuff
• People see something differently
• You recommend 1 thing you like
• You inspire them to try something new
• You give them a break from what they’re (supposed to be) working on
• You make them feel like less of a weirdo/freak/loser/failure
Each email should have one take away for your audience. For example, here
is a story from a trip to Mexico that was used to show business owners that
there are customers who don’t know their product exists:
Main Story Point: A woman in the front with her boyfriend kept calling Playa
del Carmen “Cinco de Mayo”
54
Step 3: Bring Them Along for the Ride
55
Erik Huberman Marcus Murphy
CEO, Director of Monetization,
Hawke Media DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Erik and Marcus as they discuss what 2019 and beyond hold for agencies on their path
to achieving growth. Agencies need to adapt to the ever changing landscape in order to
thrive. If you’re looking to grow your agency and thrive in 2019 and beyond, this is one you
will not want to miss.
56
Can you tell us a little bit about yourself and what accomplishments have
led you to being on the T&C stage?
Using my network in LA, I hired people who were individual experts and
created Hawke Media. Five years later and my agency has 150 employees.
If you’re going to start an agency you better have marketed something. I get
a call or email every few days from 18-year-olds who started an agency and
want to get new clients. My response is don’t. Go work for someone, get
them to teach you, and then start your agency.
For us, that never worked but for other agencies maybe it could.
In your early days of Hawke Media, did you take on every opportunity?
If you don’t like getting screaming phone calls from clients demanding to
know why you’re driving so much traffic and not getting conversions, then
57
education is key. We’re not going to pretend that we have a secret sauce. The
best companies that we have grown are the ones we’ve educated on digital
marketing and been collaborative with. These companies have gone on to
sell for 9 to 10 figures.
Sometimes it can bite you and clients will say, “I’ll just do this myself.” But
all of those people just refer you tons of business and their word of mouth
becomes larger than what their check would have been anyway.
Early in your business you really have to protect yourself but if you’ve been
around long enough you need to have a long-term focus and education is
part of that.
Our growth hasn’t been a curve, it’s been a staircase. We get to the top of a
staircase and stay stagnant while we figure out how to grow to the next level.
Right now we’re expanding from L.A. to New York because people like hiring
local. We’re building a small pod there and then growing it like we grew our
L.A. office.
We’re currently filming a video that every single client has to watch. The
concept is, you’re in this with us. This is a team effort, not just our effort.
My day-to-day is still about 30% operating the business. I have to sign checks
or jump in when there is an emergency. We hired a VP of sales and other
high-level executives to help out with these kinds of tasks. I was 85% of new
58
business up until 3 years ago. I know how to market and sell things so I was
always doing it. Then I gave all of my leads to my team and at first sales
dipped but then they came back up, we built the processes for sales, and
now we’re closing 40 new companies a month.
The other 70% of my day is buying companies and figuring out where to
expand. I get to be the sandbox guy and try new things, which sometimes
still fail.
No. We’ve been offered to sell the company. I’ve made my investments and
I’m no longer doing this for money. I just love what I’m doing.
Always try to be better at your craft. If your product is good, everything else
comes with it. If you can be really good at marketing, everything else is easy.
59
Roland Frasier
CEO, WarRoom Mastermind
Session Description:
Changes to the algorithms at Facebook + Google have made it harder than ever to acquire
customers at profitable CPAs. But, higher customer lifetime value and lower customer
acquisition costs are actually just a few smart tweaks away from what you’re already doing.
You don’t need to reinvent the wheel. You just need to ditch the oh-so-2014 marketing
“funnel,” embrace the new marketing “helix” and implement these 17 freakishly effective
tweaks to enjoy instant, guaranteed results.
60
The way people discover products has changed. Users are now snowflakes,
each one is different and each experience has to be personalized to them in
order to get the conversions we’re used to seeing.
Story: Spin your product into a story that makes it more valuable than the
competition
Here are 17 Unique Marketing Tweaks You Can Copy, Proven to Drive
Instant, Guaranteed Results.
Search Tweaks:
61
linked to in other articles
• Write something better: longer, more up to date, better designed, more
thorough
• Reach out to the right people: people who have already shared multiple
links on the topic
Social Tweaks:
Go Live
• The Facebook algorithm dramatically prefers Facebook live content
• 3x the watch time of regular video
• 10x engagement of regular videos
• Created animated GIFs that can be shared to promote your Facebook live
• Give away a chance to win a prize on each live by incentivizing people
to post questions and then answer them with a question to increase your
engagement
• Schedule lives in advance so Facebook notifies all of your followers
Facebook Groups
• Use Phantombuster.com to extract all of the information (including emails)
from a Facebook group
• Then use Anyleads.com to upload this information to Google or
Facebook so you can retarget ads to everyone in the group
• Make ads that talk specifically about that Facebook group
Paid Media:
62
Pixel Everybody
• Create a blank page in-between your ad and your landing page with a
fast load time
• Redirect users from the blank page to your landing page
• Pixel both users and only retarget the users who waited for the landing
page to load
• Save 50–75% on your retargeting CPA
Audience Swaps
• Take your Facebook custom audience and upload them to Google’s
Display Network
• Reduces CPA by 20–50%
Sweeten the Deal
• Offer a premium by adding another product to the purchase at no charge
• Start with 1 premium and if they don’t take that offer, then offer another
premium
• Increases conversions by 50%
63
• Crankwheel.com
• Pushover.net
Quizzes
• Create quizzes so their results segment the users and give you
personalized data on them
• 40% lead capture
• 1900 shares on average from each quiz posted
• Leadquizzes.com
64
Create Dynamic Content
• Content personalized based off of the user’s behaviors and interests
• 50% of the people unsubscribe because content is irrelevant
• 75% of people are interested in giving a website cookies in return for
relevant information
• 80% of customers want past-purchase-based recommendations
• Open rates increased by 21% and click throughs increased 51% and there
were 6x more purchases
• Optinmonster.com
Geo-Personalize Content
• Personalize your message based off of where a user is located
Paid Media:
Optimize Images
• Cloudfare.com
Test Pixels
• Pay someone to make sure your pixels are worthy of retargeting
Emojis
• 30–40% higher click-through rate
• Reduces CPC by 30%
• 241% increase in clicks using just one emoji
65
Content upgrades
• Give users an option to opt-in to get more in-depth content
Personalized images
• Place user’s names within the ad in unexpected places (ex. A mug, a
tattoo)
• 54% more opens
• 44% higher click-through rates
• 120% higher conversions
• Niftyimages.com
Evolve your funnel to recognize the uniqueness of each customer and give
them messages that are personalized to them. Use value amplification to
increase the value of the things you are selling through influencers, stories,
and personalization. Look at these tweaks to change your marketing and give
a better user experience, allowing you to sell more and rank higher in the
search engines.
66
Justin Rondeau
Director of Marketing, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
It’s time to open the kimono and share what worked and, more importantly, what didn’t work
in 2018. At DigitalMarketer we’re constantly testing and evolving, whether that’s a new paid
strategy, relaunching a website, running tests on landing pages, crafting new offers, or trying
out new tech. You’ll walk away with something to implement at your company (and a few
tips around what to avoid) in 2019.
67
Video
Video should be the most vital part of your content, social media strategy,
and ad campaigns.
68
Database Expansion
74% of marketers still use web forms and 50% find forms are the highest
converting lead-generation tool.
Micro sites with several form-field website pages are coming back. Use binary
segmentation questions and ask them these questions on different pages to
expand your data on each subscriber.
For example, start with First Name, Last Name, and Company Name.
Then, start asking binary segmentation questions to learn more about
your subscribers. These are easy yes or no questions based off of self
identification.
Now, you can send these subscribers content specific to their pain points and
place them on the customer value journey for the highest-ticket items that are
relevant to them.
This was hands down DigitalMarketer’s biggest win of 2018 because we were
able to retarget each person who looked at top of funnel content with a
relevant offer.
Identify the content that works, use it in your ads, and send this to your
subscribers.
69
Invest 10–20% of your budget in top of funnel content and be hyper aware
that you are not going to see an immediate ROI. As Ryan talks about in
his Opening Day Keynote, this isn’t trackable but somehow, you know it’s
working.
70
• Drip out in small segments throughout the day
• Set up workflows to put them back on the list
In step 4, you want to upsell. If your product is digital, you want to give
them a digital upsell and if your product is physical, you want to give them a
physical upsell.
DigitalMarketer realized that our Gmail inboxing sucked. Only 4.7% of our
emails were going into Primary Inboxes and 78.1% were going into the
Promotion Inbox.
With 60.5% of our subscriber list using Gmail, this was bad news. We found
71
that all of the emails going into the Promotion Inbox were from support@
digitalmarketer.com, and all of the emails going to the Primary Inbox were
from members@digitalmarketer.com.
Look at your email service provider to figure out how you can play by their
games to make sure your content is seen by subscribers.
It’s not a secret that 2018 was the toughest year on Facebook. Advertising
became extremely saturated and CPL’s rose. At DigitalMarketer, we wanted to
try a new strategy to try to get more leads at a cheaper price.
The lesson is that you’re not smarter than Facebook. They know who your
target audience is and you have to play by their games to get your content in
front of them.
72
Daniel Harmon Garrett Holmes
Chief Creative Officer, Director of Content,
Harmon Brothers DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Dan Harmon, Chief Creative Officer of Harmon Brothers, and Garrett Holmes, Director
of Content at DigitalMarketer, as they discuss the creative process behind some of the most
successful video ads of all time. Dan will discuss the critical steps one must take to replicate
his success while sharing some of the common misconceptions about what makes an ad
successful. For anyone looking to increase sales through advertising, this is a session you
will not want to miss.
73
How did you get started as an entrepreneur?
I was born in Idaho and I have 8 siblings. I was raised on a potato farm
without a lot of money, so my siblings and I would make small businesses.
Our first was to get potatoes from my uncle’s farm and transport them to Utah
and we would sell them door to door. The pitch was “I just brought potatoes
from my uncle’s farm in Idaho, do you eat potatoes?” and sometimes people
said yes and sometimes people said no.
Later down the line, I worked a summer sales program selling alarm systems
door to door. This is when I learned sales strategies, like overcoming
objectives. I learned to sell face-to-face long before I applied it to online
video and social media.
I’ve always been a huge fan of Pixar and Disney. I went through the creative
advertising track at BYU. Books that shaped my creative thinking, How To Get
Ideas by Jack Foster Hey Whipple, Squeeze This by Luke Sullivan, Building
a Storybrand by Donald Miller, Creativity Inc. by Amy Wallace and Edwin
Catmull, and The User Method by Jeff Schwarting.
No, it’s just part of it. It’s one of the many tools. The main things you want to
tap into are relevancy, relatability, and emotion (which is where humor comes
in).
It’s just a positive end result. The goal is to make content good enough that
it doesn’t have to go viral. Marketers are trained to think in terms of quarterly
budgets and that’s a good starting point—but let’s say you have $100,000
in budget and you make it back...why wouldn’t you keep spending it? If it’s
working, you should keep pushing it.
Virality is like catching lightning in a bottle. Instead, focus on what you can
control like the conversion and the branding.
74
What do you look for in a company before saying yes to bringing them
on?
We first ask, “Are we passionate about the product or service?” When you
sell from a place of passion, it’s easy. When you’re sold on a product, you
have unique insights because you can think like a customer. You can ask,
“What was the tipping point for me that made me buy the product?”
We always test the product and then ask for a “brain dump” to look for
anything that helps us get ahead in our testing.
We want to present the product in a way that’s really clear to the customer.
What was the experience like when Squatty Potty approached you?
Hahaha, first I wasn’t so excited about it. But, we tested the product and I
realized that this is a much more natural way to go to the bathroom. I started
to read people talking about a difference they also felt and then read a
medical study that proved it was scientifically better for you. That’s when I
really got behind the idea.
Casting is a critical step. It’s also one of the hardest steps to get right. When
you’re on a set, 4 hours into overtime, and your actor can’t nail their lines,
you’re in “extra crispy hell.” We rely so much on brand characters, so our
actors are a very critical part of our advertising. This step can also be really
difficult because you have to find the character that the brand doesn’t know
75
they want. Sometimes you have to push them in the right direction, trying to
help them see the vision.
You also want to shoot for multiple formats. You want a camera shooting
high resolution and the character positioned in a way that works on YouTube,
Facebook, and Instagram. The biggest cheat code of production is to hire
a really good producer, a great director, a great performer, and the rest falls
into place.
An important note, make sure your contingency budget is much bigger than
you think you’ll need. We always err on the side of caution to make sure we
get it right for the client. We’ll go into our own profit to make sure the client
gets results.
Do you need a high budget to be successful? Can you get this done for
$500-$1,000?
Yes, as long as you structure your script in a clear and relatable way. There are
always ways to be scrappy. For example, anyone can learn how to edit and
everyone has a device to film in their pocket.
The edit is make or break. You have to get the script and filming right but so
much of it is made in the edit. Our standard edit is: take the footage from set,
put together a rough cut, show it to the creative director, the creative director
is usually disappointed, and then we work with it from there.
Editing is all about endurance. You need to go through the process, get
people to shoot it down, make new edits, and keep improving it. The people
who don’t feel failure or embarrassment make huge strides.
Can you tell us about one of your failures and how it made you a better
creative and salesman?
We made a video for a carpet cleaning service client that was a soap opera
76
but it didn’t get the numbers we wanted. We realized that starting with
another subject and then switching back to the product doesn’t work. This
buries your lead. You need to grab your avatar immediately.
We don’t sell products, we sell solutions. If you have a product or service that
solves a problem for the customer, then you’re working from a great place.
There is a problem to be solved, you have to relate to your customer, and you
have to differentiate yourself in the marketplace.
77
Suzi Nelson
Expert Community Strategist, SuziNelson.com
Session Description:
As Ryan Deiss famously stated, community IS the new brand. Join Suzi to learn the tactics
and strategies that will prove the value of your community to your customers... and your
bottom line.
78
Community is not an audience. If the conversation is mainly between you and
your members, that’s most likely an audience.
The Customer Value Journey moves people from a complete stranger of your
brand to somebody who promotes your brand without you asking. This is
what the Customer Value Journey looks like:
79
But, community can’t move people through the entire Value Journey. That’s
what other elements of your marketing are for like email marketing and
content marketing.
For example, CMX Hub on Facebook Group has resources for Community
Managers. They use this group to introduce prospective customers to their
annual summit.
80
Metrics this Community Can Affect:
• Lead acquisition
• Site engagement
• Increase in offer awareness
• Retargeting list growth
This is for your customers after they have purchased your product.
For example, FabFitFun has a forum where subscribers can talk about
subscription boxes, beauty, health, wellness, celebrity gossip, etc.
81
• Offer conversion rates
• Email open-rates and click-through rates
• Brand sentiment
• Brand loyalty
Advocate/Promote Communities
Activating and equipping your advocates and promoters through reviews and
testimonials.
For example, the Yelp Elite Squad gives squad members exclusive access to
new restaurants and has them promote the restaurant.
Know what you are measuring and make sure it’s applicable to the community
that you are establishing.
82
Communities take time to build and grow and it can be months or years
before you see a return. 90% of community value vs. costs tends to look like
this:
Communities who love you may only tell you how awesome you are—which is
great but doesn’t help your bottom line. To combat this, you can use different
types of sampling.
Step 1: Divide total # of members by desired sample size to get value “X”
Step 2: Pick a number between 1 and the value of “X”
Step 3: Starting with your random number, take every “X” person
For example, let’s say you have 10,000 members and your desired
sample size is 1,000.
83
Example: Stratified Sampling where you group community members by
specific traits (location, gender, newbie, lurker, etc.)
Some ROI’s are invisible. This is called “Social ROI”: a way of measuring
values that aren’t traditionally reflected in dollars, including social, economic,
and environmental factors.
This can be achieved through surveys that survey people prior to entering
your community and after being in your community.
For example, let’s say you’re a non-profit trying to close down a puppy mill
by getting community members to sign a petition. How do you financially
calculate the ROI of your efforts?
84
1. Measure cost of collecting signatures via community vs door to door
2. Compare and contrast how people felt about the issue before and after
the campaign, their knowledge of the issue, etc.
What is the return your customers will get from being involved in your
community? This is your Return on Involvement (ROI).
1. Information
For example:
• Peer support
• AMAS
• Training
• Workshops
2. Authority
For example:
• Member spotlights
• Advisory boards
• Interviews
• Guest writers
3. Belonging
For example:
• Guidelines & moderations
85
• New member onboarding
• Encourage self-disclosure
• Initiate introductions
86
Ryan Deiss
Co-Founder & CEO, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Learn the exact, 7-step client sales and on-boarding process we use at DigitalMarketer, plus
the secret to prospecting like a generalist... while charging like a specialist, along with a
simple little trick that filters out virtually all the “lookie loos” and “crazies” with unrealistic
expectations.
Not only will this session teach you how attract and convert MORE CLIENTS who are easier
to manage and paying you higher retainers, but you will finally be back to doing work you
actually enjoy doing!
87
Without the Agency Growth Funnel, we have clients who demand unrealistic
expectations from us, don’t listen to our advice, and don’t pay us what we’re
worth.
With it, we have a profitable and predictable client attraction, converting, and
onboarding process.
You most likely never had this thought and neither has your prospect. Specific
and tactical blog posts look like this:
This makes readers say, “Wow, that’s awesome. Can you do it for me?”
Your answer: “I’m not sure. Let’s work through this checklist first.”
88
DigitalMarketer Recommendations:
• Answer commonly asked questions through weekly videos
• Best place to post the video in 2019: LinkedIn
To explain the agency checklist, we’re going to use an experience we are all
familiar with: going to the doctor. When we go to the doctor, we don’t walk
into the room, tell him that our WebMD search diagnosed us with condition
X, and that we need prescription Y to fix our problem.
For example, DigitalMarketer has a 73-Point Double Your Sales Checklist that
you can use to onboard new clients and figure out if your agency is the right
fit for what they are looking for.
What do your clients really want to know? They want to know how to get
more leads and more customers.
89
How do you make sure you don’t get stuck as a specialist?
Using the checklist, the client will figure out what they need to do to get
more leads and customers. At this point, you’re going to tell them something
weird.
What does a doctor do when they’re not sure what the diagnosis is? They
order more tests.
You’ll tell your client, “I believe this is the thing you should do, but in truth,
if we do it right now, I don’t know enough to help you. What I want to do is
document the process that people go through with your brand (the Customer
Value Journey).”
90
Step 4: Delight With A Quick Win
Now that you have fully diagnosed the problem, it’s time to prescribe your
solution.
Don’t ask the client what they want, tell them what they need to do to get
the solution they want (leads and conversions). Doctor’s don’t ask you what
medicine you think you should take, they tell you what medicine they know
you should take.
If it seems difficult to perform any of these quick wins, is the client big
enough to work with?
IMPORTANT: Do not sell a retainer before this point. The biggest mistake
agencies make when selling retainers is...they try to sell retainers.
This is like proposing marriage before you have gone on a first date. That’s
not how relationships work and customers and agencies are in a relationship.
Go on dates first (steps 1-4) before you propose.
It sounds and feels weird to train your customers to do your job but this
is the ultimate hack to a successful agency. When you are the deliverer
of understanding, your customers like you and perceive you to be more
valuable.
“When we grasp something fluently, we not only like that thing more, but
also think it is more valid and worthwhile.” -Robert Cialdini, Pre-suasion
91
Position yourself as the doctor AND the teacher.
As an educator you aren’t just a service business (like an agency). You’re now
also a publishing business. The only risk of the publishing business model is
that it is a completely different model from an agency. This could distract you
from your current clients.
The only way to get referrals is to create successful clients. You don’t need
referral strategies or campaigns. You need successful clients.
Turn the marketing department of your best client into your future sales
people. When you do a good job, they look good. Who are they going to
look to when they need more marketing help? You.
Agencies are critical to small business growth and using the 7-Step Agency
Growth Funnel will systematize your agency.
92
Arri Bagah
Founder & CTO, Conversmart
Session Description:
In 2018, Messenger marketing became one of the biggest growth strategies employed by
companies around the world. But, there’s a right way and a wrong way when it comes to
building your flows. Swipe these three proven flows for your business so that you can start
utilizing Messenger to its full potential.
93
The way consumers interact has changed:
• 61% of individuals age 18-44 prefer chat apps over any other
communication method
• 71% would rather chat with a business than call or email
• 1.4 billion monthly active users on Messenger and 1 billion users on
Instagram
Messenger marketing is all about sending the right message, to the right
customer, at the right time.
The 6-Step Messenger Marketing flow has generated over $100 million
in ecommerce sales.
94
How can I use Messenger marketing?
It’s easier to grow a Messenger list than it is to grow an email list because
there is less friction. When people come to your website, they have to type in
their information to sign up. On Messenger, it’s a 1-click subscribe feature.
95
Leverage your Email Checkbox to acquire an email subscriber and a
Messenger subscriber at the same time by placing this Messenger checkbox
under your submit button.
96
Go all in on Messenger marketing by using a Messenger Discount Pop-ups
to acquire subscribers. This is by far the easiest and fastest way for brands to
get started on Messenger.
Embed the Messenger Button on any landing page. Create custom URLs
that are linked to a Messenger conversation.
97
Engage: Building Relationships and Selling
(Engage -> Questions)
Once you provide a way for someone to opt-in, you have to engage with
them.
Welcome Series:
Users who opt-in the first time will receive these messages.
98
Abandoned Browse Flow:
Brands usually don’t collect a customer’s contact information (email) until the
user reaches checkout. The Abandoned Browse Flow will trigger if a user
looks at a product without adding to cart. This cuts down retargeting costs.
99
Cart Recovery Message:
When a user opts-in and goes on to add a product to cart and does not
continue to checkout, we can trigger a Cart Recovery Message. Brands on
average recover 10x more carts at a 15-20% website conversion rate.
100
Support: Leveraging AI to automate 75-90% of FAQ’s
(Automated Support -> Human Support)
101
102
Jay Shetty
Award-Winning Host, Storyteller, and Filmmaker
Session Description:
You couldn’t make this up! Hear a truly once in a lifetime story, of how a young man from
London ended up in India living as a monk and then became one of the most watched
people on the internet. Jay will share the story behind his meteoric rise and how his life as a
monk has given him the secrets to navigate the modern world.
103
Great content has 3 elements.
Intention has powerful effect not only on your business results, but on the
world—so don’t overlook this point. Our products either wire people to be
consumers or we change their trajectory to passion, purpose, and pursuing
a meaningful life. This is why, as businesses, we have a responsibility for how
other people grow up, think, and breathe.
My goal as a new content creator was to reach people. I knew that I needed
to find the balance between a strategic approach and an energetic approach.
Your strategy is your insight. Without strategy, you can’t sell. But with too
much strategy, you won’t be happy.
Your energy is your intention. Without energy, you’ll be unhappy. But with too
much energy, you won’t be able to sell anything.
These are the 4 levels to building your content and your brand on social
media.
104
Machine Content is content that feeds the algorithm, keeps engagement,
and keeps you present and active on a daily basis.
One common mistake is trying to go from machine-level content all the way
to mentor. When this happens, you usually end up trying to sell too quickly.
Now that you know the 4 levels of the Content Pyramid, here are the 4 steps
to follow it:
After analyzing 7,000 pieces of content, there were only 5 types of content
that went viral:
105
This includes a range of content that impacts people’s hearts and/or minds.
Most content barely stimulates the mind, while the most powerful content
goes straight to the heart.
Not every business owner or influencer is the same. Different types of people
perform best in different roles, depending on their unique personality.
106
Talent, influencers, or celebrities get 50% times more engagement when they
are in videos. But, they have to play the right role.
For example, people copy Gary Vee’s vlogging style. His vlogging styles goes
in on the role that he likes to play in his videos. Documenting your journey
like Gary Vee works if you have a similar style and role to him, but if you
don’t, it’s not authentic.
In general, if you’re great on stage, but not on camera—then use your stage
content.
But if you’re great on camera, but not on stage—then use your camera
content.
Reflect on when you are in the strongest place and leverage that in your
content.
107
There are many different formats of content:
Not every format fits every person or every brand. And keep in mind, your
brand should feel like a personality. And that brand personality should be
inviting. If your brand was a person, people should want to be friends with
them.
You should aim to find a balance between the different formats. When you
achieve that, you’ll get something that looks like this:
108
In this example, you might have 2 people interviewing each other while riding
jet skis.
Step 4: When measuring content success, what do you pay attention to?
109
This image gives you an idea of the relative value of each form of
engagement. Comments are good, views are better, and shares are what you
really want most of all.
At the end of the day, your content isn’t there to go viral or make you money.
It’s there to make an impact.
For example, one of my most meaningful projects was working with National
Geographic talking about the life of Albert Einstein. We launched a huge
competition off of this project called “Chasing Genius.”
In this competition, we looked for ideas from across the U.S. that had the
potential to change the world. In the very first week we had 30,000 people
apply. We chose 3 winners, funded their ideas, and introduced them to the
people they needed to know to make their idea a reality.
110
About Jay Shetty:
111
Jeff Mask
Chief Revenue Officer, JUMP
Session Description:
As an agency owner, how do you most effectively help your clients get more customers in
today’s digital landscape? Join Jeff to learn how to cut through today’s clutter and DISTRUST
& how to add a $100K+ in recurring revenue to your agency. And...
...how to save yourself loads of time.
There’s a reason why Ryan Deiss definitively says, “JUMP is the perfect agency solution.”
TRUST US! If you are growing a Marketing Agency - don’t miss this session!
112
Retainers are an attempt to create predictable revenue around unpredictable
value. But—they don’t.
Local search engagement has evolved in the last 20 years. There is a massive
trend moving from traditional web results to non-website online presence.
Engagement and connection are the gold rush right now. If you don’t
leverage that trend, you’ll get left behind.
113
As the digital marketing landscape evolves, these 3 elements are
becoming critical in growing companies:
What happens when you focus on online listings, social strategy, and
reputation management? JUMP clients see:
Using a JUMP Score, we found this business had a 69% listing inaccuracy.
Most businesses see an inaccuracy rating of over 50%. Why is this bad?
Because Google allows a 5% inaccuracy rating.
114
This client also found that 45% of similar businesses have better reviews. To
improve their reviews, they focused on the Four R’s of Reviews:
1. Rating (Quality)
2. # of Reviews (Quantity)
3. Responsiveness (Engagement)
4. Recency (Old Reviews = Bad)
Subway, the largest franchised business in the world, spent an entire day of
their franchise training talking to franchise owners about the importance of
responding to reviews and how to respond to reviews quickly.
Pro tip: Asking for reviews through text yields a 3.5x higher response rate
than asking for reviews through email.
115
Arman Assadi Chad Mureta Garrett Holmes
Co-Founder & CEO, Co-Founder & Chief Visionary Director of Content,
ProjectEVO.org Officer, ProjectEVO.org DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Sit down with Arman Assadi and Chad Mureta, founders of the EVO planner, as they discuss
the secrets behind their record breaking crowdfunding campaign that took the world by
storm. Learn about why planning and prioritizing your life around your unique brain type is
the next best thing for improving the way you run your business.
116
What led you to utilize crowdfunding platforms?
Arman: It’s remarkable what Project EVO accomplished and we only did it
because of our team. It was difficult. There were a lot of sleepless nights, and
a lot of sacrifice.
Arman: It was pretty early on that we knew we wanted to use this strategy.
We had already paid for the manufacturing of our product, so our challenge
was more about creating a big splash in the marketplace. How do we show
people that we’re more than a planner company? How do we put our mission
out there for people to resonate with and decide to be a part of this?
What other external marketing factors went into the launch of the
planner?
Arman: On day one when you launch on Kickstarter (which you should always
launch with first) and Indiegogo, you have to have a beta test audience.
We created a reservation funnel and built out a sequence funnel that cost
members $5-$10. In return, on the day of the launch they would get the best
price on EVO planner. We set our goal for $20,000, knowing we would hit
it with our reservation funnel. This pushed us to the top of Kickstarter and
Indiegogo which furthered our splash.
Chad: The 80/20 of the whole marketing strategy was our beta audience that
gave us feedback. We took the time to understand our demographic and
that’s why, when we launched, we knew what we were doing.
The beta audience made people feel like they were a part of creating EVO
planner. They then tell their friends. Right now, for every person that comes
into our world, 3 other people will find out about it.
117
How did you decide on the goal for the campaign?
Arman: We worked our way backwards based off of the number of people
who made a reservation. We expected to hit our goal within a day or 2 and
we hit it in less than one hour. We also did more than just the crowdfunding
campaigns. We did influencer marketing and ads as well.
One thing that worked really well was tapping into the relationships that we
had. We talked to our influential friends, like Neil Patel and Lewis Howes,
and just said, “Check out our planner.” We didn’t ask either of them to
do anything and they both gave us multiple shout-outs on their massive
platforms.
Chad: When you give a gift to somebody and they know how much time and
effort you put into it, it’s amazing how free marketing happens.
Arman: I feel like a lot of people think they can take any concept, do a little
bit of pre-launch work, and throw it on a crowdfunding site. Too many people
think they’re going to get lucky, but we had to throw all of the bullets that we
had and then viewed luck as a possibility—a cherry on top. It was a bonus
that Lewis and Neil shared it.
Chad: Hell no. It takes way more work than most people realize. We have
a unique relationship where we’re able to lean on each other but there is a
serious time commitment. Knowing what we know now, we still aren’t sure if
we’d do it again.
What made you want to create a product that’s for individuals vs. the
masses?
Arman: When you buy a product or take a course, you’re opting in to one
person’s opinion of what works. That’s what led us to kick off the research of
brain types and now we’re working with a university to further those studies.
Chad: For me, going to school was such a pain point. I was expected to
learn like everybody else but I didn’t. That pain for me made me realize that
personalization is real. We’re all wired differently.
118
How important is product research for a product like this?
Chad: It’s the experience of taking the Brain Assessment, looking in the
mirror, and recognizing yourself. There has to be that feeling of clarity. It gives
people feelings of excitement and hope. It lets them show up in a way they
never could before.
It’s the language that we use that is what made this viral. People know what
an Architect is or what Explorer means. Not only do you feel seen, but you
see other people as well.
What benefits do you get from knowing and understanding your brain
type?
Arman: We have a private Facebook group, we’re picky with who we let in,
and a lot of people share their stories of how it has impacted them. Students
to 75+ year olds. For me, I think of brain type in 2 components.
First, what should I focus on to thrive and create more flow in my life? For
example, for an Architect it’s creating order and balance.
Second, what am I not aware of that I should be doing? For an Architect, this
is having fun and exploring. This is the balance and it’s not something we’re
aware of.
Chad: For me, most of my days are me trying to explore. In the past, I
thought that I couldn’t have fun because I was in the business setting. I wasn’t
doing fun things or allowing myself up to explore and enjoy. It gave me
permission to do the things that make me feel great.
119
What has been the impact of your private community?
The internet is a crazy place. You see a lot of hate but you also see a lot of
love.
Chad: It’s been game changing. The community was on the forefront of
creating the product and now they come to us and tell us that we changed
their life.
Chad: Constantly. We always get feedback for the next edition. We are
redefining productivity and that’s not about getting more stuff done, it’s
about thriving as individuals.
We use them as our loud speaker and we’re doing amazing things because
they raise their hand and tell us what they like and don’t like. That has been
our superpower.
When you market your products, do you keep in mind the brain types of
your customer avatar?
Arman: Yes. And for other marketers, you can identify your avatar’s brain type.
We have custom tools that we recommend per brain type.
Arman: We’re working with their Graduate Psychology department and the
opportunity came through a reader of our blog. Our goal has been to prove
120
the validity and reliability of our assessment and the EVO flow system as a
tool. The new project we’re working on is the EVO assessment, essentially our
Brain Assessment on steroids. It’s going to be amazing. If people are getting
that much value out of the Brain Assessment, this is seriously going to change
people’s lives.
We’re looking at it as an intervention tool. What does it look like for someone
to go from burnt-out to a full understanding of self-identity?
We’ve done the launches, we’ve made the money, and it’s not about that. It’s
about something bigger.
Chad: Our question is, how can we get people to utilize all of this
information? We want people to actually implement it into their lives. Having
them involved means that we will have all of the research done that proves
our products affect their lives.
What would it look like to be in flow and would that be the fix for burnout? It
turns out that it is. Concentrating on specific things depending on your brain
type shows you that your baseline goes up. Your baseline goes up, you’re
aware of what’s going on and you’re least likely to get burnt out.
Arman: It’s a state of timelessness. You feel your best and you’re performing
your best. It can be done in a thinking setting, working out setting, writing
setting, etc. It’s when you lose track of time completely. The core component
of flow is that when you are in the space, the work that you do feels as if it’s
fueling you and giving you energy. This makes it difficult to burn out. It’s the
dichotomy of, is this giving me energy or taking energy away from me?
121
Of course, we always have to do stuff that takes energy from us but it’s an
80/20 balance.
Chad: Every single successful person that you know of is aware of flow. Their
flow score is high. They are picky about what they’ll spend time on and that’s
why they do what they do. It’s an old concept that can be leveraged with
technology.
Arman: One of the exercises I used to find flow is sitting down and listing
out everything that I was doing on a daily basis. I would circle the things
that gave me energy and defer the things that didn’t. I know this is difficult
if you’re on your own as a solopreneur or working for somebody. But I think
we’re moving towards a new path where you have to cut out the stuff that
doesn’t help you create flow. You have to do things that actually make you
more engaged. About 87% of people are completely disengaged or not
engaged in the workplace. This is not flow.
Chad: If you understand the brain type of the people on your team,
everything rises. If you become a coach, your business grows. We’re leaning
into this deeper level of making sure people are doing the things they need
to do to show up in the right way.
What tangible difference has the EVO planner made in people’s lives?
Arman: One of our customer’s had their house burn down and all that was
left was a few items. One of those items was her EVO planner. She came to
our private Facebook group telling us that she had nothing and didn’t know
where to go. She said she was using the planner to rebuild one step at a time
and was making a conscious effort to keep her gratitude.
Chad: We get stories like these every day. We even get, “This is the first time
I’ve ever finished a planner.”
122
Tom Breeze
Founder & CEO, Viewability.co.uk
Session Description:
Youtube is one of the most effective advertising channels out there, yet too few marketers
take advantage of it. Learn the tried and true methods Tom and his team at Viewability
have perfected to get you started with YouTube advertising... setting your off on a path to
profitability.
123
What makes a YouTube ad effective?
The first question to ask is, “are your customers even on YouTube?” If the
answer is yes, keep reading.
The second question to ask is, “What are they doing on YouTube?” There are
3 reasons people go on YouTube:
The third question to ask is, “What are they searching for?”
124
• Use those predictive results as more keywords for your video titles
For high conversion rates, build your video ads and offers around those
keywords.
With this formula, you decide how much profit to take out of your revenue
depending on the cost you have left.
Let’s say you choose to take 25% profit from your revenue, your average
order value is $1,400 and your funnel conversion rate is 2.625%. This means:
125
Action—Give them a maximum 3-step action plan
Teach—Teach them something in 10–15 seconds
Exit—Call to action
Now, look at how your ad is performing. Each time a user clicks on your ad or
watches over 30 seconds of your ad, you have to pay YouTube. If the viewer
skips the ad prior to it running for thirty seconds, it’s called an impression.
For every YouTube impression, how many viewers clicked through (CTR)?
You want a 2% CTR.
Useful Formulas:
Cost per lead = (View Rate x Cost Per View)/CTR x Landing Page Conversion
Rate
• Add countdown timers to the end of your videos (increased CTR by 32%)
• Tell viewers to get ready to click (increased CTR by 48%)
• In the first 5 seconds of the video, call out the demographic who your are
targeting (use the keyword)
• Before 20 seconds is up, get a call to action in the video
126
• After 20 seconds, give the core content and final call to action
(A.D.U.C.A.T.E.)
• Be careful using stories and humor as people may watch more than 30
seconds of your video but not be interested in your product
127
Lindsay Marder
Co-Founder, DigitalStrategyBootcamps.com
Session Description:
If you’re still playing by the content marketing rules of yesteryear, expect your audience to
forget about you in 2019. The game has changed, and so must your strategy. In this session
we’ll look at how businesses should approach content marketing in 2019 (and beyond) and 7
different brands leading the way with creatively crafted content marketing efforts that make
them unforgettable to their audiences — and how you can swipe their strategy to adapt for
your own.
128
The best way to think about content this year is to understand the role of
content in the Customer Value Journey.
Content is your vehicle and your traffic source is the road. - Molly Pittman
They don’t have a blog and focus their content strategy on warm audiences,
retargeting, and sales through email marketing and social media platforms.
What sets Allbirds apart from the other shoe companies is the material
their shoes are made from (wool, tree, and sugar). They create content that
connects the viewer with its sustainability initiative.
129
Ezra Firestone and Molly Pittman talk thoroughly about Allbird’s marketing
strategy in this Youtube video.
130
Gabby’s content is personalized to her audience, answering common
questions viewers have about her life, business, or products. She also uses
all of her posts to redirect people to her other platforms. For example, her
biweekly blog post has links to a related YouTube video, mentions her tarot
cards, and has her latest book in the sidebar widget.
• Make “Watch Me Work” videos for your products, showing the backend
of your business
131
• Teach people how to use your product
• Show people a video of your product being boxed and prepared to ship
and then encourage them to send you an unboxing video
• Code&Quill gives customers a $5 gift card toward their next product if
they send an unboxing video
Ellevest is a platform for female investors. They know their target audience
and they curate every piece of content to speak to that audience.
132
• Make customer profiles and let prospects self-segment themselves based
off of the profile they relate with
• Write a newsletter answering questions and showing how you’re
improving your business based off of customer feedback
133
6. Connect Your Content to Your Community
For example, they will tell Los Angeles recipients about a new store opening
in LA and NYC recipients about a new NYC location. They’re heavy on
community and helping their customer embrace their fitness goals.
They also personalize their landing page based off of the customer’s location.
In the top right menu, to the left of “Log In,” they’ve personalized this
landing page for an IP address logging in from Southern California.
Ask yourself: How can I personalize my newsletters and landing page based
off of important details of my customer avatar (such as location, interests,
business type, etc.)?
134
7. Talk About Your Values
If you’re a founder of a business, make a video about what you value and why
you value it. Talk about why your services/products showcase that value and
how people using the product/service transfers this value.
For example, in the weeks leading up to the Oscars, MasterClass will promote
the courses that are taught by Oscar nominees. Each class has a promo from
the teacher talking about the value of the course and they’ll use the authority
of the teacher’s nomination to drive the point.
135
Dominic Cummins
Founder, Right Mind, Inc.
Session Description:
Finding enough clients that “get it” is tough. You’re a lead-generating machine, but
converting these leads into sales can be a challenge. In this session, we will show you how
to create a buying journey that turns those leads into cash-generating, raving fans of your
agency.
136
As an agency owner you’re in a unique position because prospects are
looking for you to get them to the summit. What’s their summit?
• More Traffic
• More Leads
• More Conversions
1. Build Rapport
2. Elevator Pitch
3. Analyze Needs (Pain Points)
4. Present Solution
5. Present Pricing
6. Objection Handling
7. Get Commitment (Close)
8. Implement
Do we keep friends in our lives who only want things from us but don’t
reciprocate? No. Our agency model has to follow suit.
137
Why is this the case? Because we forgot one fundamental thing when we
created the above sales process:
Humans don’t have interactions like the sales process above. It doesn’t feel
like a normal human relationship.
1. Eye to body
2. Eye to eye
3. Voice to voice
4. Hand to hand
138
5. Arm to shoulder
6. Arm to waist/back (hug)
7. Mouth to mouth
8. Hand to head
9. Hand to body
10. Mouth to body
11. Hand to ______
12. Bow-chick-a-wow-wow
Businesses aren’t B2B or B2C, they’re Human To Human (H2H). This is why
the Customer Value Journey exists.
Customers in the “promote” phase are being told by their neocortex they
made a good decision.
139
“The customer value journey works because it follows the structure and
sequence of normal, healthy human relationships.” - Ryan Deiss
The Rapid Agency Growth Plan uses the Customer Value Journey to model a
business. For example:
This is going to help you close more clients. When you have the Customer
Value Journey, your strategy becomes very clear. The prospect knows exactly
how they are going to get to the summit and you become the trusted guide
(the sherpa).
• The clients who are willing to go through this customer journey are the
best clients
• If the client isn’t willing to go through this process, they don’t see you as a
strategist but an order taker
140
Perry Belcher Keren Kang
Founder, Rival Brands CEO, Plattr
Session Description:
All traffic works at some price. Imagine cutting your traffic costs by 2/3’s or more. In this
presentation Perry will share three big strategies that allows his companies to buy traffic at
50-80% below what ordinary competitors pay, effectively wholesale traffic.
141
If you can buy your traffic at half the price of your competitor, you’ve beat
them. Here are some tips on how you can do that.
From there, increase the budget on campaigns that win by 1% per hour. If the
campaign acquires over a $10 CPA, it gets inactivated (this is the pony).
This strategy allows you to scale 2x while lowering your CPAs and increasing
your volume.
It’s simple, but it works. This has been my #1 biggest needle-mover for
wholesale traffic on Facebook.
2) Social Stacking
The Facebook default is to create a new ad set for each new ad, which
spreads out your social interaction (likes, shares, comments) across many
different ads. This is NOT what you want.
Instead, you want to put all of your ads in one ad set so all of the social
interactions stack on to that ad set. Find a Facebook ad or post that has a lot
of likes and comments and then create a new ad using that.
This is called “social stacking,” and it’s really effective for reducing your CPAs.
142
Over time you’ll see that each campaign gets a different conversion rate, and
you can choose the one with the lowest CPC.
3) Hybrid Traffic
Start with a cold audience and then slowly increase the amount of new
audiences introduced to the campaign. Every day, expand your audience by
5 new customized audiences. Over time this compounds and drives our CPC
lower.
4) Contests
Contests have the lowest CPL (cost per lead) for lead generation.
We boost the contests by using social stacking. In some cases, we even get
more organic traffic than paid traffic.
Now here are 3 tips to make your content more engaging and to rank higher
in Google.
Now, Google has figured out that users don’t like that type of content.
Instead, people prefer to see content with short introductions.
To play by their rules, you want to create introductions that are no longer than
two sentences.
This will also make your article look less intimidating and easier to read,
inviting more visitors to engage with the content.
143
2) Add a table of contents to each article.
This will keep the user interested in the content, while also showing Google
that people are engaging with it.
Since 75% of website users don’t scroll on a page, this is a great strategy to
help increase the time spent on page.
144
Amanda Bond
Owner, The Ad Strategist
Session Description:
In this session, Amanda will teach attendees how to focus all of their social media efforts
on driving evergreen traffic to one funnel to 10x their results. The byproduct of using this
method is drastically reduced ad spend (a reduction of 50-100% as proven in a $48,000 ad
spend study).
145
What is working when it comes to ads and organic traffic?
• Email
• LinkedIn Networking
• Facebook Groups
• Instagram Stories
• Podcast Interviews
• Direct Messages
• Etc.
There are 2 distinct types of people using these strategies to try to grow their
businesses. Type One person is failing and Type Two person is succeeding.
Type One: Posts content with an expiration date (Instagram Story, Facebook
live, etc.)
Type Two: Posts ads that spur organic engagement and moves users through
the customer value journey
146
1. Connect (Branding)
2. Commit (Lead Generation)
3. Close (Sales)
In the connect phase, the goal is to warm up the people who have engaged
on social media. There are 3 ads to show people in this stage:
Engagement Ad: has no call to action, asks a yes or no question, its purpose
is to get people familiar with your profile
Pro Tip: Bounce people back and forth between platforms by showing them
an engagement ad on Instagram and an authority ad on Facebook
In the commit phase, the goal is to take prospects and have them enter into
the sales process. This phase is specific to the marketing modality that you
use.
For example, let’s say your opt-in is a boot camp. Your dynamic sequence
starts with typical lead generation ad to get people to sign up for the boot
camp. The next ad acknowledges the people who didn’t sign up initially and
motivates them to sign up this time. The third ad is a celebration ad that
thanks everybody who is going to participate in the boot camp. You want to
take a moment to make it all about the user’s experience and show them how
much they value you.
In the close phase, the goal is to take red-hot buyers and help them make
a purchase decision. These ads aren’t focused on features and benefits; they
talk about transformation and overcome the objections that people have for
buying your product.
147
The customers who are meant to be customers buy immediately. Better yet—
the ones who don’t buy immediately continue to see your ads and become
customers later on in the customer value journey.
Bonus Tip #1: Use Facebook Groups to Spark Your Dynamic Ad Sequence
• Post a video to your Facebook group and then add all of the users who
watch 3 seconds of it to your ad target list
Bonus Tip #2: Use Gary Vaynerchuk’s Two Cent Strategy on Instagram
When you engage with users on Instagram, 60% engage back with you.
When they engage back with you, your content gets shown in their timeline
and your sequence gets sparked.
148
Jay Shetty Brendon Burchard
Award-Winning Host, Host of HPX Podcast,
Storyteller, and Filmmaker The Burchard Group
Session Description:
3.75 Billion Views! 25 million followers! In 18 months! How did he do it? Hear Jay Shetty
share the secrets and strategies behind his phenomenal success on social media. Jay has
also created videos for leading brands, authors, influencers and experts that have had huge
success using his intuitive and insightful approach to vitality. If you want to create content
that is shareable, engaging and viral, don’t miss this session!
149
There are 5 things you’ve said make content go viral, what are they?
First ask yourself, what is the pain point of my audience? All of my videos are
based on real life pain points. Every post needs to touch on a real emotion
and a relatable story. Where is the hurt? Where is the pain? What is the
challenge?
My content speaks to these pain points, and because of that I never run out
of ideas. I’m always talking with people and finding more stories that I can
turn into content.
I keep testing. I’ve found that content works in formats. A format is a post
that is repeatable and can have a new theme added to it. I’m always testing
formats and titles. For example, the title of “Before you X, Watch This” went
viral and I realized that people want me to show them how a post relates
to them. Another example, if I say, “Before you get married, watch this” it
relates to people who are married AND people who aren’t married.
When I started to see the same amount of virality with certain formats of
content, I asked myself “Why is this happening?” That’s when I made the shift
from unconscious competence to conscious competence. And with that, I still
failed and had to find the balance between insight and data. It’s both that
150
create success. If you don’t intuitively feel that your community will resonate
with you, then they’re not going to. If you don’t play into what the data says,
your content won’t do well. It’s a balance of both.
Rapid-Fire Questions:
Bring people into a scenario they recognize. For example, start by asking,
“How many of you have…?” Then, use relevant imagery and words.
151
My posts go out at 6am LA time because then I can catch my US audience
who is on their way to work, my European audience at lunch time, and my
Indian audience at dinner time.
The first thing I do is reply to every positive comment. I don’t reply to any
negative comments and I also don’t delete them. Second, I share a Facebook
post twice—one time upon initial posting and then again 24 hours later.
Seven days later, I share it again. I massively recommend going live on your
page when you upload a new video and then linking back to that video.
What do you do with all of your traffic? How do you monetize this?
Third, I have a coaching company for corporations, and I do online and offline
programming for them.
This year I’ll open up a new revenue stream. I’m going to create courses
around my most commonly asked questions that can’t be answered in a
3-minute video.
152
How did you get started as a content creator?
I find the balance that you want in freelancers is somebody who has prior
company experience. The best people work freelance but those that have
company experience are professional and get things done on time.
Now, my video team is 3 videographers (who are also editors). We’re starting
a new series on Youtube called Jay Shetty: Behind The Mind. Each editor
makes one video per week. I also have somebody who manages schedules.
Then, it’s my job to come in and manage the platform that I want to grow the
most.
What do you want people to take away from this interview and the
Traffic & Conversion Summit?
Start with your intention. Why are you doing what you’re doing? My intention
hasn’t changed since when I started. When views are low or I get a negative
comment, the intention is what keeps me going. It’s the root of everything.
Also, don’t get lost in imitating creation. Don’t copy people’s style or tone. It’s
not good for you. You need to differentiate yourself and trust that there’s an
audience specifically for you.
153
Nicholas Kusmich
Founder | Lead Strategist,
H2H Media Group | NicholasKusmich.com
Session Description:
You DON’T have to wait for weeks for your Facebook ads to be profitable. You SHOULD be
able to turn a profit on day 1, and in this training I’ll show you how. By optimizing just ONE
page in your funnel (one that most people ignore) you can get up 22% conversion rates on
cold traffic. This can be the difference between a winning and a losing campaign for you.
154
The Predictable Profit Process takes cold Facebook traffic and turns it into
conversions (with a 23% conversion rate).
The 80/20 Principle states that 80% of results come from 20% of your efforts.
In theory, you should place your focus on that 20%. What if you placed your
focus on the 20% of the 20%?
Your ad copy, marketing, content, opt-in pages, Lead Magnets, and landing
pages are all curated for the 20% of the 20% and you’re now speaking to an
extremely niched audience.
• Clients and customers who have spent the most amount of money.
• Clients and customers who have been with you the longest.
• Clients and customers who have given your customer service the least
amount of grief.
Look: Your ad needs to get people to stop scrolling with copy and images
Your Facebook Ad then takes your lead to an opt-in page. The prospects
who opt in then get taken to the most important page in your funnel, The
Godfather Offer Page (GFO).
155
The GFO page is the most underutilized piece of web real estate in your
funnel and determines your profitability.
Instead of thanking the prospect for opting in to your Lead Magnet, offer
them something bigger and better. This page is designed for the “Fast
Movers,” the people who know what they want and will make a quick
decision to buy it on the spot.
Acknowledgement
• On the previous page you promised them a Lead Magnet, acknowledge
the Lead Magnet by telling them that it is going to arrive in their inbox in
X minutes (Ex. 12 minutes) and set your CRM to send the Lead Magnet
email in 12 minutes
• Ask them to watch a short, but important, video while they wait for the
Lead Magnet to be sent
Video
• 4–7 minute video
• Script Sequence:
• Positioning: Tell them who you are and why you asked them to watch this
video
• Acknowledgement of the magnet: Talk about the Lead Magnet and tell
them it’s on its way
• Hook: Ask them if they have ever had the problem that your company
solves
• Hero’s journey: Tell your story… people want to feel like you can help
them, and they only feel that way if they feel you are relatable to them
• Discovery: What discovery in your life solved this problem
• Summary: I want to invite you to do X
• Call to action page: Click here to go to another page to receive X
Irresistible Offer
• Give a limited time discount (50%)
• Stacked Bonuses: If you buy this product right now, we’ll give you a bunch
of other stuff for free
156
• If you’re in the digital space, it can be a physical product
• If you’re in the physical space, it can be a digital product
• Take on the risk of the sale: tell the customer that if they aren’t happy with
the product, you’ll give them a refund and pay them $X
• Tell them the reason why you’re giving them the discount
• This alleviates skepticism that the offer is too good to be true
• Be transparent, for example: “When you leave this page, I probably won’t
see you again, so I want you to take action now”
Deadline
• Tell them the offer is only available to them right now
• If people feel like they have time to make a decision, they’ll procrastinate
buying
You know a Godfather offer is good when it hurts a little to give it away at
that high of a discount.
Now you have a process that can take cold traffic, generate an asset base of
leads, and have you profitable on day 1, wildly profitable by day 3, and in the
money by day 4.
157
Beau Haralson
CMO, Human Design
Session Description:
The three critical elements of a campaign are emotion, attention and intent. When these three
elements are unlocked, campaigns outperform and they create the community that fosters
brand growth. Here’s how Nike, Southwest, Lebron James and Arnold Schwarzenegger are
growing their brand awareness and positioning themselves in the marketplace.
158
The 3 Critical Elements Of Any Campaign Are…
• People: Emotion
• Positioning: Attention
• Process: Intent
When your brand is at the center of your service to humans, you will
experience incremental gains.
When humans are at the center of your brand, you will experience
exponential gains.
159
To find your big idea that will evoke the right emotion from the customer
avatar, push into common language that is known and then, make it ownable.
For example, we worked with Southwest to play into the idea of work and life
balance that has recently become more blended. We know that Southwest
loves people and it’s at the center of their brand. How do we make Southwest
get credit for loving people and make them money too?
We saw the language, “It’s not personal, it’s just business.” and then we made
it ownable. We created 2 lines of copy based off of the phrase.
Copy One:
160
Copy Two:
We know this was our “big campaign idea” because we could confidently
answer yes to these 3 questions:
1. Does it make people lean forward?
2. Does it fit the business strategy?
3. Can it hold up for 30 years?
The average human being now has an attention span of 8 seconds. How do
we as marketers get someone’s attention?
1. Call their name
• For example, “Calling all marketers…”
2. Break a pattern
• For example, using sound design in video to catch a viewer’s attention
3. Give someone a task
4. Introduce urgency
5. Give someone a reason to believe
161
The key is, when you get someone’s attention matters just as much as how
you get their attention.
This leaves the question of, should brands create friendships with their
customers or should brands enable friendships between their customers?
“In the future, the words brand and community will be interchangeable and
no one will be able to claim they have a brand unless they have a community
to go with it.” - Ryan Deiss
162
Then, we look to see how people are behaving on these platforms and figure
out how we can interact within them. Measuring channels by the highest ROI
is short-sighted—it’s most important to measure them against their intended
function.
163
Most importantly, we always end the day with fireworks. Each customer
experience should end with fireworks.
Let’s talk about video: you can buy the inventory on the ads that play before
specific videos at Brandzooka.com and use the promo code: IKNOWBEAU
for a discount.
How can our campaigns foster community and friendship among our
customers?
To make better campaigns that hit each of these critical elements, fill out this
1-Page Campaign Worksheet for emotion, attention, and intent.
164
As marketers, if you unlock all 3 of these elements within a campaign you will
get exponentially better results.
165
Amber Spears
Co-Founder, East 5th Avenue
Session Description:
In this session, Amber will dive deep into exactly how she recruits, manages, and scales
affiliates and their traffic for massive launches. She will cover how to measure your initial
testing numbers so that you can scale with confidence, and how to negotiate when affiliates
say no to your offer. She will also identify the top 4 revenue-killers that are losing you cash
during your launch, and how to fix them.
166
Amber Spears took The Thyroid Secret from:
• 82 partners to 1,400 partners
• 150,000 email list to 540,000 email list
• Multi 7-figure launch with over 3 million views
• Sold 10,000 books and hit #1 NYT Best Seller for Hashimoto’s Protocol
All in 3 months.
The 3 Big Changes She Made that Created this Launch Success
A lot of affiliates make a mistake by not giving affiliates the product to test.
Based Off off this Launch, Here Are 5 Tips for a Successful 7-figure
Launch
167
5. Pivot through no
• If a prospect says no, find ways to adapt your offer
• If your salesperson accepts no as an answer, they are in the wrong
position or need to be retrained
There are 4 amusement parks in Southern California and they can be used to
understand the 4 levels of affiliate marketing.
168
Solutions:
• Focus on making your offers high converting
• Spend your money on better copy and better technology
• Use your affiliate favors sparingly
• Pay to test (cold affiliates)
Solutions:
• Continue to improve your offer and grow your reach
• Focus on systems, processes, and KPI’s
• Go from sloppy to superstar with your sales process using affiliates,
influencers, and media buyers
• Focus on the owner doing only owner things, delegate everything else
Knotts Berry Farm: People Come from All Over, But It’s Still Not
Disneyland—Affiliates at this Level Have:
• More money and more winning (leaderboards, big affiliates, recognition)
• Cold traffic flowing plus affiliate traffic
• Several good or high converting offers
• A larger team for the owner to delegate to
• Systems, KPI’s, and scorecards
This is the danger zone. Affiliates that get too comfortable forget that:
• Algorithms and compliance are fickle creatures
• Systems give stability
169
• Culture is a necessity for the brand, company, customers, and team
They get really scared when traffic sources get cut off, offers fatigue, offers
get copied, CPA’s drop, margin gets squeezed, and email deliverability gets
hammered
Solution: Focus on 3 things that that will save you when you hit a rough patch
1. Relationships
2. Systems and processes
3. Coaching and training
“A bad system will beat a good person every time.” - Dr. W. Edward Deming
170
Ezra Firestone
Founder & CEO, SmartMarketer
Session Description:
Content marketing is essential to the success of your business, but are you developing and
executing your strategy the right way? Join Ezra as he breaks down the same strategies that
he employed across his brands to generate over $50mm in the past three years.
171
Content marketing is essential to the success of your business, but are you
developing and executing your strategy the right way?
What is your company’s mission? This mission is going to tell the story of your
brand through a tagline that expresses your purpose in one sentence.
For example:
Boom: “It’s about women. It’s about beauty. It’s about time.”
Place your mission everywhere that you can to reinforce your brand identity.
Make sure to keep visual consistency to amplify that identity.
Use video content to engage past buyers, subscribers, fans, and prospects.
The individuals who consume the video get filtered out and placed in your
funnel.
172
Ad Formulas to Use
For every product you sell, offer a reward to customers that send you a video
or testimonial of them using the product or reviewing the product.
This can be one of the most important pieces of content you use in your
marketing strategy.
Be Consistent
• Post 1 video or 1 article per week
• Video is the best kind of content to create because you can track
consumption
• You can repurpose video content to other platforms
• For example: Facebook ad to Instagram story
• Videos can be turned into conversion assets
• For example: Sales videos
173
Types of Content to Create
• Content that talks about your opinion
• A tips list
• Educational videos
• Behind-the-scenes video
• Industry specific content
• Timely or relevant content to current events
• Interviews with guests
• Curated content where you comment on other people in your industry’s
content
• Anything related to the problems and conversations your community is
already having
You want to create a content catalog that starts by stating your intention and
links to other content that supports that intention.
Build Anticipation
• Use ads, emails, and social posts to create anticipation around your
product launch
• Anticipation product launches work 2x as well as regular launches
• Apple runs their entire business on this model
Run Promotions
• Run 6 sales a year
• One every 6 weeks
174
Companies that scale to 8 figures:
• Create premium products that are over $75
• If your products cost less than $75, make bundles for a higher average
order value
• Increase their margins
• Buy for $1 and sell for $5
• Buy for $5 and sell for $25
• Expands their product lines
• People come in for 2 products and then you market your other
products to them through retargeting and email
175
Dave Gerhardt
Head of Marketing, Drift
Session Description:
Conversational marketing is the new marketing. Join Dave to discover Drift’s abnormal
approach to marketing, and also hear never-before-told secrets to learn how to implement
Drift’s plays into your own marketing strategy.
176
Every market today has an infinite supply of options for competitors and
information.
There’s a new rule for business today: Whoever makes it easier to buy
wins.
The sales and marketing industry hasn’t adapted to the new market where
customers have all of the power.
• 81% of buyers avoid filling out forms when they encounter gated content
• 90% of companies don’t respond to customers in less than 5 minutes
• 58% of companies don’t follow up with leads
And the results have blown away traditional marketing and sales.
You’ll notice that all of these funnels are built around 1 thing: conversations.
These funnels are a marketing superpower because bots can run the funnels
24/7.
Your form is the first net and your chat bot is the second net. Place this
177
“Second Net” on top of your form.
No one wants to be sold to; they want help. Have your chatbot walk users
through each page of the website, helping them find what they need.
Pricing page is usually the most confusing and highest friction page of your
website. Use bots to have the conversation and book the pricing call instead.
Have your chatbot ask users why they came to your website, what they want
a demo of, and then schedule the demo with your sales team. If they don’t
want a demo, then offer them other content.
Be helpful and contextual, offering an opt-in based off the content the user
is viewing. Let the user know you’ll be respectful of their inbox and they can
unsubscribe whenever they want.
The 1 page that gets more questions than a pricing page is an event page.
This is the best time to use conversational marketing by giving users links
to the content that will answer their questions and push them toward
conversion. Think of your bot as an FAQ bot.
Take the context from your ads and use it as a hook in the conversation. If
your ad was on Google, your conversation could look like, “Hey, thank you
for checking us out from Google, what brought you here?”
178
The Lead Magnet
Have the conversation pop-up and ask if the user wants an ungated opt-in.
For example, this could be an ebook that you offer as a PDF for free. You can
also upsell during this conversation.
The conversation offers free swag, captures the user’s information, and puts
them on your list. Another option is to send a coffee to the Starbucks closest
to the prospect.
If you’re using alternative landing pages for your competition, have the
bot act as a tour guide asking the user why they want to switch from the
competition to another service or product. You’re not trying to capture their
email for later, you’re trying to get them to switch now.
Personalize a conversation based off how many times a user has visited the
website. If they come back, acknowledge that. You can also use this bot on
content, telling users that you notice them coming back to read more of your
blog.
Target your demographic audience and have them skip all of the information
landing page that users have to input. Essentially, you’re asking them if they
want to come through the VIP entrance of your business. Personalize as much
of this conversation as possible based off their company name, industry, size,
etc.
If you have a target list of specific companies you want to work with, have a
personalized message for them each time they check out your page.
179
The Conversation Starter
Do you even need a landing page? Could your landing page just be a
conversation...
180
Dave Woodward Garrett Holmes
Chief Revenue & Business Director of Content,
Development Officer, ClickFunnels DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Dave Woodward, Chief Business Development Officer of ClickFunnels, and Garrett
Holmes as they explore the concept and effectiveness of Challenge Funnels. Building a
beautiful website, and sending traffic to it, are not enough to drive sales. Learn from Dave
how to ensure that you’re sending your traffic through an effective pathway to conversions,
while molding your traffic into your ideal customers at the same time
181
You recently said that websites are dying, can you break this down for
us?
One of the biggest problems with a website is that it’s just a big billboard
for your product. The attention span of a human is 7 seconds, yet we want
website users to find their own answer by searching the pages of our website.
This doesn’t play into the Customer Value Journey. Funnels are getting more
conversions than websites because they better understand the Customer
Value Journey.
The most important part of a Challenge Funnel is the engagement. Your goal
is to build community and the Challenge Funnel does that, while getting you
conversions.
182
• Elevate whoever was super active in the last challenge to a leader so they
advocate for you
• Give out swag so customers become brand promoters
Repeat customers. It’s a huge opportunity for cold traffic, but the most
conversions come from repeat customers. The first thing we make our
coaching clients do is go through the Challenge Funnel. We also encourage
Alumni to come back and do the challenge again.
The Challenge Funnel essentially trains customers on how to buy from us.
Each challenge ends with an offer.
Funnels are some of the most exciting things because they focus on
community and engagement, a huge topic in marketing right now. For every
dollar that comes in through a funnel, the average is $15–80 in revenue (if you
have the right tools in place).
183
Sunny Lenarduzzi
CEO, SunnyLenarduzzi.com
Session Description:
Join Sunny Lenarduzzi, Founder of YouTube for Bosses, as she walks you through the
YouTube content marketing strategy that has helped her and her clients grow their channels
by up to 50k subscribers and 3 million leads within one year. Sunny will teach you the same
tactics she’s used to create evergreen YouTube traffic machines - for brands like Hootsuite
and Applebee’s - that generates a loyal customer base of brand advocates and promoters.
In this session you’ll learn…How she creates “V.I.R.A.L.” content that builds authority and
relationships with potential customers, why your competition can earn YOU 2,846x more
views per video (and quickly!), and the H. O. T. Script formula that keeps viewers coming
back, turning them from strangers to raving fans
184
What’s the key to consistent sales? Awareness.
YouTube...
• Is a search engine
• Owned by the #1 search engine in the world (Google)
• Your customers are always searching for you, you just have to show up #1
in your industry
To be successful on YouTube...
• You don’t need to have millions of subscribers to create millions of dollars
in revenue
• You don’t need a fancy camera or equipment
• You don’t need viral videos
• You don’t need to post every day
Sunny Lenarduzzi uses “The Sunny System” to grow her clients’ YouTube
subscribers, watch time, and conversions to 7-figures.
Trends
• By focusing on trends Hootsuite’s increased their YouTube subscribers by
75%
Keywords
• 2,846x more views on videos with keywords such as “How To Make
Videos With Your Phone” over videos with non-specific titles
• The formula to find good keywords is: Search Volume vs. Search Pool vs.
Views/Velocity
Use keywordseverywhere.com to find the search volume (Google or YouTube)
186
for how many searches are made for that keyword per month.
You want 100-1,000 searches per month and fewer than 100,000 other videos
on the same topic in the search pool.
Then, see when the top performing video was published. If it was published
years ago, this is a golden nugget. YouTube loves new content and the
algorithm is likely going to favor you.
• Engagement
187
• Conversion call to action—get customers off of YouTube and on to
your conversion website so you can pixel them and retarget them
• Engagement call to action—like this video, share this video, subscribe,
or leave a comment
Using H.O.T. script, Sunny increased her video percentage viewed from 16%
to 46%.
He started using the H.O.T. Script and has a 22% increase in average view
duration and 30% increase in traffic to his website through YouTube.
Convert your YouTube subscribers to your email list, productize your services,
and then sell your product through your email list.
188
Zenovia Andrews
CEO, MaxOUT Marketing
Session Description:
Checklists are your secret weapon if you know how to use them. Join Zenovia as she walks
you through the micro-event strategy that she employed to generate six-figure results, all
within 24 hours.
189
Why do most entrepreneurs fail?
How do you get prospects to figure out their strategy and then pay you to
turn their strategy into profits?
Case Study
190
Then, we introduced the the MoneyDRIP, “the most comprehensive done for
you sales funnel system on the market.”
Not only can you use this idea at a live micro-event, you can use it in:
• Webinar
• Sales call
• Consultation
• Meetings
191
Dev Basu
Chief Experience Officer, Powered By Search
Session Description:
Want to breathe new life into your Google Ads campaigns? The secret to higher ROI isn’t in
what you do in your account. Instead, it lies in what you say to your audience. In this session,
you will learn the 9-step process that will make your ads stand out in crowded me-too
looking search results. Instead of a to-do list, you’ll leave with a done-with-you prototype of
what has been consistently proven to become the highest converting ad in ad accounts with
millions of dollars of annual ad spend.
192
If Google Ads was a teenager, it would be celebrating its sweet 16 this year
as a multi-billionaire. In 2018, Google Ads investment grew $21 billion.
Why are ads getting less clicks than they used to?
When you start looking at ads in any competitive vertical, every ad looks the
same.
An ROI on Google ads requires strategy, scale, and sales. These 3 elements
of the matrix then require:
193
When you don’t have conversion, you don’t have sales.
• Intent: If you can articulate your prospects problems better than they can,
they will trust you
• Remember: You want traffic and conversion, but they want
transformation. Speak to this transformation
• Content: If you give them what they want in the content you create,
they’ll become attached to you
• Present: Make an offer with the above content that opens their wallet
Intent needs to be identified and then aligned to the message you are
putting on the market.
Content needs to talk about the prospect’s problem and make prescriptions
that will solve it.
Present needs to be clear and compelling; a confused mind never buys, nor
does one who doesn’t think they are getting a good deal.
When you get this right, you have a bankable strategy that skyrockets ROAS.
Ask yourself, what is the most important outcome of users clicking this ad?
194
Use this form:
Avatar: the individual who is responsible for making the buying decision for
this product
195
Product: talk about 1 product that solves 1 problem with 1 promise
Prospect Intent: the Avatar doesn’t want to buy the software, they want to
hit their targets by scoring big deals faster
Stat Based Proof: a claim that you can make based off client results or an
industry stat you can leverage
Top Benefit: show the Avatar how you’ll transform their problem with your
product
Top Objection: answer the questions of why buy anything, why buy it now,
and why buy it from my company
Keyword Congruency: we care more about the intent that a user has to buy
than the volume of people searching specific keywords
196
Principle 3: Create Clarity and Congruence
The promises you make in your ad are the ones you keep on your landing
page and all the way through your customer value journey (even in
retargeting).
197
Brendon Burchard
Host of HPX Podcast, The Burchard Group
Session Description:
If you only had seven days to launch a product, what would you do? The 7-Day LIVE Launch
strategy is a week long behind the scenes live event that sells low to mid-tier priced products
and is responsible for seven-figure product launches.
198
If you only had 7 days to launch a product, what would you do?
1. A flagship product.
The product or topic is going to be of less value than your flagship product.
In the example of selling a Productivity Masterclass, you could also sell a
Motivation Masterclass. During the LIVE videos, you’ll show a behind the
scenes look at you filming the Motivation Masterclass and tell people they
can only purchase it through buying the flagship product, the Productivity
Masterclass.
This is the part of the LIVE launch where you’re creating community
engagement and getting users to share your LIVEs with their friends. This is
what pushes the 7-Day LIVE Launch to 7 figures.
3. Offer your audience the filmed product for free if they buy the main
product.
This is when you push the value of your offer of the Productivity Masterclass
to the next level by offering the Motivation Masterclass for free with the
purchase of the Productivity Masterclass (your flagship product).
199
Day 1: Announce the Training/Live Event
• Go to your email list and send an email explaining that you are going live
for the next 3 days
• In the email, give a full agenda of what will be talked about and when
• Put a link to the LIVE agenda in the email and make sure the web page for
the LIVE agenda only has:
• Video explaining what training/LIVE event is about
• Agenda button to download the upcoming agenda
• Chat for questions
• A worksheet to prepare or follow along during the training/live event
• Users who fill out worksheets are 28% more likely to purchase the
flagship product
How long you should go live correlates to the price point of the flagship
product. For example, if you are selling a $2,000 product, you should go live
for 4–8 hours per day. Here’s how to fill the time:
• Interview experts in person or through Skype
• Show b-roll and other footage so you can take breaks
• Show testimonial reels
200
Less expensive flagship products can be announced faster than expensive
flagship products. For example, the Productivity Masterclass can be
announced on Day 2, because it is a $297 offer. The $2,000 flagship product
is announced on Day 3 or Day 4 because it has a higher price point.
• Talk about all of the details of the flagship product, as well as the offer
of getting the Motivation Masterclass for free if they purchase within 48
hours
• Mention the flagship product several times during the live
• Use a video promoting the flagship product, a webinar, and a long sales
letter as part of your funnel and collect data to see which has the highest
conversions
• Retarget with ads that say “48 hours left!”
201
Victoria Grech
Director, Video Marketer
Session Description:
This interactive session is about creating EASY, quick, and professional video content.
Victoria will share her 4-part formula that she uses to shoot everything from short films, to
commercials, to social media videos. She will cover...
• The best tech in the market that will turn your smartphone into a DSLR professional
video camera.
• The art of visual storytelling to hook and reel people in
• Subtle, but highly effective performance tips to learn how to connect—not just
communicate—with your audience.
202
What stops founders and marketers from producing pro videos?
• Lighting
• Audio
• Time
• Post-production
Bentley Commercial:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lyYhM0XIIwU
Vision
• Defining the goal—each video has 1–2 goals maximum
• Define the platform—create videos specifically for platforms
• Define the style of video—animation, typewriter, etc.
Storytelling
• Build rapport
• Scripting not copywriting
Filmmaking
• Steady, stable video footage
• Clean, clean AUDIO!
Performance
• The 5-second subconscious rule—viewers are going to choose whether
they like you or not in the first 5 seconds of the video
• Body language
203
4 Steps to improving Your Filmmaking (A.L.L.S)
Audio
• To find the best spot in a room to take a video is to walk around the room
and clap and find the spot with the smallest (or no) echo
• Use dead cat audio equipment
Light
• Find the brightest part of the room and have it face the subject so the
subject is well lit
• If the light is behind the subject, the subject won’t be seen
Location
• Look around the subject, as if they were at the center of a clock, to make
sure there isn’t something off putting in the background
• An example of bad location is:
204
Subject
• Make sure the subject is framed in an aesthetic way
• Think of what would make people feel the most comfortable if they were
in the same room as the subject
• An example of bad subject framing is:
205
The Shoestring Smartphone Kit (See Below):
• Microphone—don’t use bluetooth microphones because they lag
• Dead mouse for microphone
• Gimbals
• Tripods
206
The Art of Storytelling
Visual Storytelling comes from the angle of the camera. The best angle is at
the eye line so that you aren’t looking down or up at your audience.
Performance
207
Russ Perry Garrett Holmes
Founder & CEO, Director of Content,
Design Pickle DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Russ Perry, CEO of Design Pickle, and Garrett Holmes as they discuss the journey of
an entrepreneur. Learn from Russ the many ways that he has overcome massive obstacles in
his entrepreneurial career, and how you can to. From rock bottom to scaling his business to
10mm+ ARR, Russ has faced just about every challenge of the modern entrepreneur is here
to help you, as an entrepreneur, find your balance in life.
208
What was your first experience with entrepreneurship?
After college, I was teaching people how to use MacBooks to make visuals for
their business. That’s when I realized that it was much easier to just do it for
customers, instead of teaching them. I gathered some leads and quit my job.
I failed miserably. Then, I tried to work at agencies and eventually decided it
was best for me to create my own.
What are some of the biggest lessons from that first business you’re still
implementing now?
You’ve grown Design Pickle to 200+ employees and $10 million in ARR.
What pain point did you fix that was such a massive hit?
I fixed my own problem. I was really bad at Adobe and other graphic design
platforms, so for clients, I would hire a contractor to make visuals. Out of all
the work that was completed during my consulting, they would come back to
me and tell me how much they loved the design of the business card. It was
such a small part of what we had done together and it sparked the idea for
Design Pickle.
209
I looked at the market and saw that there were a lot of people who could use
a design service and I pivoted.
It was tough. We just celebrated our 4-year birthday and when I bump into
old clients I’m like, “Sorry about that, please come back and try us again
now.” In the first 8 months, you could just email us and send in whatever
request you wanted.
Our success came with radical honesty with our clients. This built trust with
our clients, even the ones who were with us during the rough patches. We
didn’t try to hide problems or pretend they weren’t there. This was a huge
difference between Design Pickle and my agency days. Now, we’re upfront
and transparent when we mess up.
When you have thousands of clients, there’s an inevitable few that will never
be happy. But everyone else gets it and respects the transparency.
For each position, I would do the role, document the role, and then find the
right person to fit it. They wouldn’t necessarily need experience because the
role was documented and they could learn how to do the job.
You said you’re systemizing yourself out of your business, how are you
doing that?
The engine is built and it’s running. I’m here to help upgrade that. But, if I
were to unplug for 2 months, everything would keep running. I’ve always
been aware that I’m not the business and the only way to scale was to make
sure the business didn’t run around me.
210
Design Pickle runs by itself but it doesn’t grow by itself. It’s still my role to
help us grow.
When I put my business first, I was in a really bad place in my life and I talk
about that in The Solo Entrepreneur. I put too much focus on my business
and there was nothing left for me to give to my family, friends, or myself.
After bottoming out, I realized that great businesses are built on strong
foundations.
It was a conscious choice to make sure that the core values of balance were
there and I’ve been extremely diligent about protecting that as I’ve grown.
That goes for myself and my employees. We make sure that our Filipino
freelancers get to work during normal working hours instead of graveyard
shifts that correlate with U.S. working hours.
Really successful entrepreneurs are successful in other parts of their life and
they’re not chasing the dollar first, they’re chasing a work-life balance.
211
Inside of that gap is where your desired outcome is seen. This open conflict
allows Design Pickle to launch and pivot without emotional connections. That
culture of collision is what has allowed us to have rapid growth.
Design is the fastest way we judge digital companies. You have to have a
brand and visual design that looks good and matters. Obviously, I’m biased
but we all know how important your visuals are for a good first impression.
Our biggest win was investing in technology that helps our business, like
Zapier. We also rebranded. We really got back to our roots this year.
What’s your biggest loss from the past year and how is it shaping how
you’re moving forward in 2019?
Our affiliate program was our biggest failure. It costs us about $100,000 in
affiliate payouts to scammer websites. And, it was totally my fault. I didn’t
dive deeply into that side of the business and that showed. At the end of
2018, we put one person in charge of affiliates and we were transparent with
everyone in our affiliate program.
I’ve learned that if you have trouble getting into tough conversations with
people, you lack the introspective to stand for what you believe in. Getting
firm on this was a big change and I created systems that kept this in place.
It’s not about being a jerk or ruffling feathers, it’s about being authentic and
transparent.
212
Ryan Levesque
CEO, The ASK Method® Company | Bucket.io®
Session Description:
In this session, Ryan Levesque, founder of the ASK Method, will give you a crash course
on quiz funnels. Then he’ll get down to the nitty-gritty of how you can use them to
dramatically grow your email list.
213
What is the single most important asset in your business?
The problem is that building a list online today is more difficult than ever
before because we are in the greatest consolidation of traffic in history
(thanks to Facebook and Google).
By using quizzes to capture information, grow your email list, and segment
your audience.
Here are the biggest and most common mistakes I see marketers making all
the time.
214
Always start with your offer, then create the hook, and finally write the bridge.
The Quiz Topic is based on data. Buzzfeed found the 3-word phrases with the
most Facebook shares had these words:
• “Character Are You”
• “X Things Only”
• “Before You Die”
Now, your quiz needs to have the right framework. There are 3 Quiz
Frameworks:
For example, Proactiv Skincare created a quiz called, “What’s My Skin Type?”
215
Quiz Framework #2: The “Killer” Quiz
For example, Guitar Progress created the quiz, “What’s Your #1 Guitar
Progress Killer?”
216
Quiz Framework #3: The “Score” Quiz
For example, PLR Content created the quiz, “Do You Know Your Authority
Score?”
By testing.
Create a 4-way split test using your email list or a Facebook post. Use 4
different quiz titles as your subject line or headline.
When you learn which ones perform the best, use that as your quiz
framework.
217
Mistake #3: Asking the Wrong Questions
You must create demand for the product you want to sell. This is the
“Diagnose” part of your quiz.
218
Map your questions to your outcomes like this:
Here are some tips to help you come up with your questions:
You want to sell something immediately after people take your quiz. To do
that effectively, your offer needs 2 parts:
1. A Band-Aid
2. The cure
219
The Band-Aid gives people the answer or the solution they think they need
right now.
The cure pivots to offer them the thing they really need.
Your quiz result should deliver the Band-Aid for free. Your cure is the paid
offer.
There are a lot of options for making quizzes, capturing leads, and selling
products. For example:
• Survey software
• Funnel builders
• Form creators
• Quiz tools
The best tools have one thing in common: they use bucket.io, which allows
you to take advantage of…
220
Branching Logic:
Pixel Segmentation:
221
Scored Quizzes:
222
Quiz Funnel Analytics:
Growth Tracking:
223
Getting Started Building Your Quiz
Here are the 5 steps to getting started with your quiz:
• Step 1: Go to ChooseTheQuiz.com to study a winning quiz
• Step 2: Brainstorm 5 ideas for each framework: Type, Killer, and Score
quizzes
• Step 3: Test different hooks with Facebooks ads and email subject lines
• Step 4: Drive traffic to “deep dive survey” (#1 mistake)
• Step 5: Build your quiz
224
Michelle Smith
Owner & Chief Bot Queen, Your Marketing Therapy
Session Description:
Discover the best practices for using Messenger for Amazon sellers. Learn how to use
Messenger to build a powerful launch list so you can rank, review, and drive REVENUE for
your listings!
225
Amazon sellers are hyper-aware that the giant only cares about 2 things:
1. Their customers
2. Themselves
Amazon is constantly moving the goal, which means you have to build your
own traffic source.
Here’s how to leverage Messenger to grow traffic for your Amazon store.
Step #1: Build a powerful Messenger launch list you can use to
rank your products over and over again
226
Campaign #1: Contest Subscriber Campaigns
• Run a contest where people enter to win your product (or a combination
of products)
• The benefits of this campaign:
• You know the subscriber is interested in your products because if
they’re interested in winning them, they’ll be interested in buying them
• You can layer offers immediately afterward and quickly recoup your
costs on the campaign
• Low cost per subscriber
Pro Tip: Build your email list and Messenger list at the same time.
227
• The benefits of this campaign:
• You know the subscriber is interested in your products
• Low cost per subscriber
• Can help improve your products’ ranking (when you run the campaign
long enough)
• Best practices:
• The offer needs to be 75% off the original price to attract subscribers
and use the coupon
• This works best when giving away 300-500 coupons
• Start with research: do your keyword research prior to launch, and make
sure you’re going after the right keywords
228
• Use this ranking/product launch formula:
• (Average # of sales for your keyword) / 4 over 7-10 days
• Split-test keyword URLs and tactics: 2-step, search, find, buy, add to cart,
etc.
Provide a 4-hour discount via list price change. But make sure you’re not
priced so low you’re an “add-on.”
Note: Use this strategy at your own risk. If you’re not careful, your products
can get locked in at a lower cost.
229
Step 2: 10-Day Drip
230
Step Three: General Offer <30% Off
Now promote an offer that is less than 30% off. This offer can and should be
promoted through all your marketing channels including email, Facebook
page, Instagram, etc.
This is a ranking & review tactic. Purchases under 30% off count as “verified
purchases.”
231
Step 5: Cold Traffic
232
1. Primarily drive campaigns with follow-up review flows
2. Leverage product inserts to capture customers and request reviews
This strategy helps turn subscribers into customers and follow up with them.
233
Strategy #2: Product Inserts
Try including product insets to turn your Amazon customers into subscribers.
234
Marcus Murphy
Director of Monetization, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
The top 1% of agencies are implementing eight strategies to stay ahead of the competition.
From strategic onboarding to checklists to vision, these agencies have figured out how to
climb their way to the top of 100,000+ agencies in the US. In this session Marcus Murphy,
Head of Partnerships at DigitalMarketer, explains how to become the 1% and scale your
agency today.
235
The top 1% of agencies are doing 8 things to outpace their competition.
First, find your passion: what are you willing to get excited about?
The answer to this question can help you to identify who you should be
working with (and who you shouldn’t).
Once you do that, the next step is to identify the problems you can solve
within this niche. Then figure out the profitability of that solution in that niche.
Don’t rely on just one platform to increase brand awareness, drive traffic to
your website, and create conversions. Instead, leverage a variety of channels
and platforms.
The country’s top agencies are hyper-aware that in 10 years, Facebook may
not be the mogul that it is now.
Your clients are human beings and they stay with a business because they
enjoy working with them. This is why it pays to nurture a positive relationship
with your clients.
What’s the best way to create this relationship between your company and
your clients? Email. Email is the workforce of your business—it’s the primary
communication method in most agencies.
So create an email series that takes your clients through a sophisticated set of
“Ah-ha!” moments to show them why you are different.
Strategy #4: Top Agencies Train Their Teams AND Their Customers
The best agencies train both their teams and their customers.
It sounds weird to train your customers. As an agency owner you may wonder,
236
“Doesn’t this mean that I’m giving them all of the knowledge they need to
NOT need my services?”
It’s actually the opposite. When you train your customers you help them to
become more successful while you become the linchpin, the secret sauce of
their success.
The key to training within your team is to find your champion team members
and give them access to certifications and marketing training. They’ll be the
people who articulate why your customer needs a new landing page or a
better tripwire (for example).
Many agencies are missing out on this. Make sure you’re marketing in a
conversational tone.
Be aware that there is a 68% average churn rate for agencies—which means
you have to keep restarting the conversation with your clients.
There are 100,000+ agencies in the U.S. alone and 500,000+ in the world.
This may seem like a lot of competition, but keep in mind there are 22 million
small businesses in the U.S. and 125 million small businesses worldwide.
The best agencies understand this. They realize that agencies can help each
other by becoming partners and referring business to one another.
Small businesses are the backbone of the world and agencies are the
backbone of the backbone. When agencies work together, they inflate the
community, they help each other, and they help their customers.
237
Strategy #7: Top Agencies Use Tools to Learn More About their
Customers
The Customer Value Journey outlines our customers’ pain points and how
we solve them. For every pain point that we have a service for, we create a
“Checklist of Pain” that shows our customer how to resolve that pain point on
their own and with our service.
Where:
• V = Vision
• PBC = Positive Behavioral Change
• K = Knowledge
• S = Skills
• A = Attitude
The top 1% of agencies have these 8 plays in their playbook and are using
them to outpace their competition.
238
Richard Branson Roland Frasier
Founder, CEO,
Virgin Group WarRoom Mastermind
Session Description:
Richard Branson has founded and currently owns 12 different companies that each generate
over $1 billion per year in revenue. Roland Frasier, host of the Business Lunch Podcast,
interviews Sir Richard to deconstruct and extract for your use some of the magic from Sir
Richard’s unprecedented success.
239
What drives you to set records and take on wild endeavors?
Every time you have a near-death experience, you swear you’ll never do this
again. Within a week you think, “I could do it slightly differently this time…”
I just have fun with life. For example, the Super Bowl asked us to use our
airships to film but said they wouldn’t show them on camera because we
hadn’t paid for marketing. So on the airships we put out a banner that said,
“NBC Cameramen Are The Sexiest Guys and Girls in America” and the
cameras stayed on our airship for the entire Super Bowl. 50 years ago when I
started, I had to come up with fun ideas to get my company on the map.
Over the years, you’ve built Virgin into one of the most recognizable
brands. How did you decide on the name virgin?
I was 15 turning 16, and we were trying to come up with the name of the
record company we wanted to start. My name was “Slip Disk Records,”
which, luckily, we didn’t choose because Slip Disk Airlines doesn’t sound so
good. One of the girls said, “Why don’t we call it virgin? We’re all virgins!
And you’re a virgin in business.” After 3–4 years I was finally able to convince
240
the Registry Office to let us register the name.
You’re absolutely right. When we had the record store and decided to
go into the airline business, people thought we were mad. If we had just
stuck with music stores, we wouldn’t be here today because music stores
have disappeared. The reason we go into new industries is from personal
frustration. Virgin Atlantic came from a bad experience on an airline. I ended
up calling Boeing and asking if they had a plane that I could buy.
What would you say the people in this audience should be thinking
about as they build their own brands?
You’re only as good as your personal reputation. You have to protect your
reputation and not get tempted to do anything that could be read about the
next morning and make you feel uncomfortable.
When we started the airline, we didn’t want to hire a bunch of airline people.
Of course in the cockpit we wanted pilots, but we wanted fresh faces for
everything else. For each new company, we get a blank piece of paper and
say, “How can we make this company different and far more appealing than
those that have come before us?”
My daughter rang me and said, “I think you should be brave and treat people
like adults. If they want to work at home, let them. If they want to work part
time, let them. If they want to take a sabbatical, let them. If they want to take
2 months off, let them.” And it turned out that if you treat them that way, it
works out really well.
241
We also give people a second chance, hiring people who have recently come
from prison. We’ve hired dozens of people in this situation and not a single
one has reoffended. They are so grateful for the opportunity and they are
some of our best employees.
In 2020 you’re launching 3 cruise ships. Can you tell us about it?
Space is becoming rather exciting for Virgin and… it’s virgin territory.
Fourteen or fifteen years ago I gave up waiting to be taken to space by
NASA, the Russians, or the Chinese. I realized they weren’t interested in
taking us to space so I traveled the world looking for a genius engineer and
started Virgin Galactic. Two days ago, our second flight into space launched
with one of our engineers. Who else wants to go to space?
I love the story of the logo too—can you share that with us?
Stephen Hawkings and myself made a logo of our eyes and every astronaut
242
that goes into space will have a small version of their eye put on the
spaceship.
How has your personal brand helped Virgin, and how have you kept your
personal brand and Virgin from overshadowing each other?
I started the personal brand when I was really young. I think the Virgin brand
is well established around the world. If I were to get run over, I think the
Virgin brand can outlive me into the future.
What is your process for designing the customer experience, how the
customer experiences your products, and the customer journey?
Virgin Hyperloop is really exciting. It’s a tube with pods that allow you to
travel extremely quickly from one location to another. We’re testing one in Las
Vegas right now. The idea is that if you land in Dubai and need to get to their
other airport 60 miles away, you can do so quickly. We also want the pods to
bring you from airplane gate to airplane gate to catch connecting flights. And
we’d also like them to be able to bring people across long, dangerous roads
such as the road from Mumbai to Pimpri in India.
243
to have partnerships in our new ventures.
The more media you can get that you don’t have to pay for the better. For
example, I had friends ring me up and ask me if I wanted to appear on
Friends. It’s just about making the most about fun offers. The only problem
was when I was walking in America and someone came up to me and said,
“You’re the guy from Friends!” instead of “the guy from Virgin.”
I think creating an image that people identify with is much easier through
your personal charisma than ordinary advertising. Once you’ve created that
image, you can start using more traditional advertising.
What final thoughts would you like to leave the Traffic & Conversion
Summit with?
I think if we could get every company to do that, most of the problems in the
world would be solved. I’m meeting tomorrow with a group of engineers to
extract carbon out of the atmosphere. We’re working on drug policy reform
and moving toward treating drugs as a health problem.
Thank you so much for all of the good that you do in the world.
244
Ryan Deiss
Co-Founder & CEO, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
The world is a noisy place, and it’s getting noisier by the day, and that’s why it’s critical that
your brand truly MATTER in the marketplace. In this session, Ryan will show you the secrets
to reverse-engineering authority, and the 5 steps to building a “mini-brand” in virtually any
market…almost overnight!
245
Marketers need to create movements.
They need to stop selling products and start changing the stories customers
tell about themselves. If you alter the story somebody tells about themselves,
you’ll capture their heart, then change their lives.
Movements create demand for the supply (aka product) and in a time of
absolute content saturation having only supply isn’t good enough anymore.
Too many of us shy away from stepping into an authoritative role. This is
called Tall Poppy Syndrome and it’s this strange phenomena where poppy’s
don’t want to grow too tall because the tallest poppy’s have the highest
chance of being damaged.
Business owners and entrepreneurs do this too. We think, “If I rise above
the crowd and get noticed, then I could catch some heat and attract some
haters.”
We are afraid to market ourselves, we are afraid to rise above, we are afraid
of not being liked. But, if you truly believe in something, why wouldn’t you
market the heck out of it?
246
Step #1: You Need A Plan
Do you have a plan that people can tell others about? People don’t want to
follow a leader who doesn’t have a map. It’s impossible to have a movement
without a plan.
What is the step-by-step plan for success that you have created for your
clients and customers?
It’s essential that you meet your customers where they are. Chances are they
are all going to be asking the same question, over and over again. What
won’t change is the question but what will change is the person asking it.
Another useful platform for finding commonly asked questions about your
product/niche is Answerthepublic.com
What are 10–20 ultra specific questions your customers are asking that you
can answer?
This is going to sound strange and you may need to reread it to understand
247
what point I’m making: Accuracy does not equal authority. You don’t have to
be totally accurate to establish authority; in fact, you can be extremely vague
and create more authority than when you were trying to be direct.
For example, Dave Ramsey says, “If you can’t pay cash, then you can’t
afford it.” Can’t afford what? A house? A car? A twix bar? This is an absolute
because it isn’t necessarily accurate but it maintains the authority of Dave’s
core beliefs about debt.
Gary Vaynerchuk uses the same authority building strategy. When he says,
“There has never been a better time in the history of time than right now
to start your business,” he isn’t specific to what time he is talking about. Is
2019 the best time to start a business? Did he say this in 2016 and that was
the best time to start a business? This statement is an absolute that supports
Gary’s brand of promoting entrepreneurship.
You’ll really know this is working when people start to make quote pictures.
What absolutes are you willing to maintain even in the face of haters?
A core belief is the reason your business exists. Simon Sinek calls this your
“why.”
Consumers don’t even need to know what the product is if they believe what
you believe. They’ll just want to go with you because they agree with you.
248
Examples of core beliefs that have amassed legions of consumers:
“We don’t just make boxes that help people get their work done faster
(although we do that very well). What we do, our core belief is that passionate
people can change the world.” –Steve Jobs
“We’re going to exit the fossil fuel era. It is inevitable” –Elon Musk
We also believe the student loan debts are in crisis proportions and it’s only
getting worse.
As a marketer, you know you have nailed your “why” when people say, “I
could either watch this happen or be a part of it, and I want to be a part of
it.”
What do you fundamentally believe to be true about the universe and your
place in it?
249
Step #5: Change People’s Rites and Rituals
• What are they already doing that is a little bit weird? Institutionalize it
• Tony Robbins gets people to walk on fire
• Dave Ramsey gets people to scream, “I’m debt free” on the radio
• Beach Body: If you send them a testimonial, you’ll get a free t-shirt
• Stickers work as a great “lickable”
Out of the 5 Steps of the Instant Authority Framework, you only need 3 to
create your movement. Do 3 extremely well and you’ll become an authority
and establish your micro-brand.
250
Richard Lindner
Co-Founder & President, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
There’s no room for a one-size-fits-all marketing team in your business. In this session,
DigitalMarketer Co-Founder & President Richard Lindner will walk you through how to build
and train the perfect marketing team for YOUR company.
251
The new marketing team is built with full-stack marketers who are
knowledgeable on the 8 core disciplines of digital marketing:
1. Conversion funnels
2. Content marketing
3. Paid traffic
4. Email marketing
5. Social media
6. Search marketing
7. Data and analytics
8. Testing and optimization
• A team of specialists who are all an expert on the same core discipline or
varied core disciplines
• Con: This team can’t communicate or collaborate with each other because
they don’t have the knowledge about the other core disciplines of digital
marketing
• A team of generalists who know a little bit about all of the 8 core
disciplines
• Con: They don’t know enough about any of the disciplines to reach the
company’s goals
252
The modern marketing team takes these generalist specialists and assigns 1
team member to be responsible for:
Acquisition
• This person is focused on the first 4 stages of the Customer Value Journey
• Aware, Engage, Subscribe, Convert
Monetization
• This person focuses on turning leads into customers, the last 4 stages of
the Customer Value Journey
• Excite, Ascend, Advocate, Promote
These 2 roles are responsible for feeding the Customer Value Journey and
creating a predictable way for people to move from unaware to customer.
• Pros: Team members have 100% focus on your brand, your mission, your
customers, and your journey, and they have direct access to you
• Cons: Young team members have to be taught and experienced team
members have to be paid well, most team members will be filling multiple
roles and will have a high workload, and everybody has to keep learning
as the digital marketing landscape changes
• This is how the DigitalMarketer team started
Option #2: The Outsourced Marketing Team
253
Option #3 (The Winner!): The Hybrid Marketing Team
• Pros: Team members are experts in specific channels and/or niches, there
is flexibility with time and cost, and in-house team members hold down
the foundation while outsourced team members focus on their specific
expertise
• Cons: Cooperation between the in-house team and outsourced
freelancers can have friction and juggling both types of employees can be
expensive
• This is the model that DigitalMarketer is currently using
Head of Marketing*
Acquisition Team*
Monetization Team*
Retention Team*
254
Marketing Ops Team*
*NOTE: These are not job positions and this is not an org chart! These are
responsibilities fulfilled by team members.
It’s time to start recategorizing your team by roles and responsibilities, not
titles.
255
Brendon Burchard
Host of HPX Podcast, The Burchard Group
Session Description:
The top influencers aren’t using views to make money. They aren’t running sponsored ads.
They’re using recurring revenue models, evergreen product funnels, high-end services, and
events to make seven-figures a year. Learn the seven-figure influencer business model and
what hyper successful entrepreneur and influencer Brendon Burchard would do to make
another $10 million if he had to start all over again today.
256
The top influencers aren’t using views to make money. They aren’t running
sponsored ads. They have:
Low-End Product (Ex. Book) › Slightly Higher Low-End Product (Ex. Seminar)
› Low-End High-End Product (Ex. Mastermind) › Highest-End Product (Ex.
$100,000 Keynote Speeches)
It all starts with a low-end purchase that drives people in your higher end
work.
• Create products that involve topics you are passionate about and then
use these products as evergreen content for the upcoming years
257
• Real niche marketing means you’re talking to different avatars about the
same product
• Sell seminars, coaching, whatever you geek out with the most
• Have your story match every product or sale that you make
• Teach through real-world metaphors and storyboards
258
Create Evergreen Campaigns for Your Products and Programs
1. Value
2. Distinction
3. Excellence
4. Service
Option #1: Use the same formula as above and add more customers
Option #2: Take the formula from above and use it on various topics
259
Katie Vogel
Chief Marketing Officer, Agora Financial
Session Description:
There are five building blocks of a $300 million company and each of these blocks has
money-making strategies. Here is Agora Financial’s secret sauce to growing and maintaining
massive long term success.
260
Building Block #1: Product
The concept of our newsletter is that we don’t have to create a new product
when we have a new idea. Instead, we create a new promotion.
This is where we make 90% of our revenue. We are the best producers of
high-end backend products.
261
• A product only you can provide your customers with
We bring in customers through our newsletter, sell them a lower priced front-
end offer, then $2,000 backend product, and this is the bottom of the funnel.
The more lists we can put customers on, the more real estate we have to
monetize them.
• Newsletter
• Free e-letter
• “Paid file” (newsletter of paid customers only)
• SMS
• Push notifications
• Chatbot/Messenger
• Facebook Groups
Where does the customer want to communicate with us, where do they want
to buy, and how do we move them into that space as quickly as possible?
This is Agora Financial’s Multi-Touch funnel:
262
Money Making Strategy #7: “The Real Deal” Gurus
• Existing credibility
• Clear and sellable idea or opinion
• Is accepting of converting copy
• Accessible for marketing requirements
• Money motivated
263
Money Making Strategy #8: Tiered Pricing
• Best deal - $299 $79 for digital download plus print copies PLUS bonus
reports/premium
• Premium subscription - $129 for digital download and print copies
• Basic subscription - $49 for digital downloads only
When people go near our navigation bar after 10-20 seconds, a pop up offers
them a monthly or quarterly subscription which isn’t normally shown on our
website.
Bump offers are an opportunity to cross-sell another product and upsell each
purchase.
This was huge for us. We charge an extra fee on top of our annual
subscription fee.
264
• 10-15% take rate in our funnel
• Additional benefits:
• Special report
• Premium level subscription with additional access to guru
• Customer concierge line for lifetime subscribers only
• Early access to any new products
There is a low take rate on this, but the people who do take this offer will help
your break-evens on your campaign.
• $2,000 cross-sell
• Offer full price and then downsell quarterly
• Watch refunds!
• If you have high refunds on this offer, you’ll scale an offer incorrectly
and spend too much to acquire those customers
Not all of our funnels have this, but the ones that do work really well.
265
Building Block #3: Monetize
Money Making Strategy #15: Send The Offer That Makes The Most $$$
Use deadlines to push leads to purchase and be serious with the deadline.
Once the deadline passes, don’t show the offer again.
266
Money Making Strategy #17: “Live” Events and Webinar Launches
Data doesn’t need to be big, it just needs to be right. At the heart of Agora’s
success is really, really, really good data.
267
• Ability to model best customers
• Pull segments of best customers and create lookalike audiences
• Tools to Use: Lytics
• Segments customers based off of data
268
Jennifer Hudye
Entrepreneur & Marketer, Conscious Copy & Co.
Session Description:
Learn how to use the Client Conversion Campaign that will help you move on from clients
who are kicking tires and shopping around toward working with clients who actually want
your help. Jennifer will teach you how reverse-engineer the topics and copy you create in
order to guide your ideal client to show up to a sales call pre-motivated, pre-qualified, and
pre-positioned to do business with you.
269
What is The Client Conversion Campaign?
A simple and automated email campaign that warms up prospects before the
sales call so you are only on the phone with quality leads who are ready to
buy.
The Client Conversion Campaign goes in between the convert and close
phases of your funnel.
270
Step 2: The Structure
The typical funnel for business owners selling over the phone looks like this:
271
The key is to send emails between the time they book and the call to nurture
the relationship and answer their objections in advance. If they miss the call,
then they get placed on an email campaign to schedule another call.
This is where most business owners stop. But for the best results, you need to
continue on to…
• Prime them through 3 emails so they can show up to the call pre-qualified
and pre-motivated
Email #1 looks like this and is sent right after they book the call:
272
And follow with Email #3:
4. Sales Call
• If they missed the call, motivate them to rebook ASAP with these 2 emails
273
Missed Call Email #2:
Step 1: Features
• List out all of the features of your product
Step 2: Advantage
• What does each one of these features do?
274
Step 3: Benefit
• Why does it matter to the client?
For example, “On call we’ll see if it’s a good idea to work together” can be
upgraded to, “Walk away from this strategy session knowing exactly where
you’re leaving money on the table throughout your sales process.”
What are the most common objections and questions you get on sales calls?
• What does NOT work: “If you have any questions, let me know!!”
• What works: “Hit ‘Reply!’ to this email and send me your #1 question
when it comes down to ______”
275
Tucker Max
Founder & Best-Selling Author, Scribe Media
Session Description:
Content is key to any sound marketing strategy. Learn from Tucker Max how to optimize the
content you’re creating to how to maximize the impact that it has on your business.
276
The problem isn’t that books are old. They still work really well, and authors
are making 6 to 7 figures off of them regularly. The problem is they are
written wrong.
• When you’re testing your book title, it’s a great time to experiment with
content
• For example, posting on social media about the different titles
• You have to frame the pain of your ideal reader
• A person that does this extremely well is Dean Graziosi
• Surveys
• Listen to your audience and create the book around what they’re
saying
Phase 2: Writing
277
Phase 3: Publishing
Phase 4: Marketing
• Show the behind the scenes of what’s happening while you’re writing your
book through social media content
Phase 5: Evergreen
Authors are always worried about giving their content away. This is what we
say:
278
“You don’t need to worry about people stealing your content or ideas. You
need to worry about people paying attention. The currency you need to
worry about is attention.”
The only way people are going to listen to your message is by putting it in a
lot of places, often.
Can you write blog posts and then turn them into a book later?
Yes, but only if you have the book already outlined and positioned. Then,
you can write chapters and use them as blog posts. BUT, if you don’t have
it outlined and you’re just hoping to create a book out of it, it’s not going to
work.
Differentiating from top dogs is easy because you’re the opposite of them.
For example, “I’m not famous, I’m not one of them. What I do know is how
to run a good mastermind. You’re going to pay $250,000 a year to be in that
mastermind because of the top dogs in it, but you’ll only have to pay half of
that for mine.” Now you’re going after another audience. Second, put your
outline out there and show your process. What the top dogs can’t do is put
their system out there, but you can.
I screwed up early on with my brand. I didn’t have a brand, I was just me.
But even if you’re building a personal brand, you have to find some way to
emotionally separate from that character. And, you have to make a clear
decision to go another way. The problem is that you can’t have both. I can’t
write funny, comedy books and then serious books.
We recommend being as niche as possible with your book. It’s hard to talk to
279
a broad audience, but easy to talk to a niche audience. For example, if you’re
an SEO guy—good luck. But, if you’re an SEO guy for dentists, you have
customers. Once you own a niche, then you can move outward.
280
Vince Reed
President, Internet Traffic Factory
Session Description:
Join Vince Reed as he breaks down how to approach your PPC strategy in 2019. Learn the
nuances behind the Social Search Traffic Method, and how Vince is utilizing this strategy to
drive high quality traffic at low cost and at a predictable rate.
281
How the Social Media Algorithm Works and How You Can Use
Its Power for Your Benefit
The larger the problem you solve, the more irresistible the offer needs to be.
Ask yourself, “How can I make my offer more irresistible?”
Facebook is an algorithm that is one million times smarter than us. All we can
see is trends and use those to create ads and as a strategy for our campaigns.
How would we use the power of the algorithm against it? The key is to give
the algorithm what it wants.
• Don’t touch your ad for 4-7 days once you set up your campaigns (no
matter what happens)
• Don’t adjust the ad budget once you set it
• I’ll break down how to scale ads later
• Delete ads that do not hit your key performance indicators (KPIs)
• Do not pause bad ads—delete them
282
This is how 99% of advertisers run their ads:
I use multiple ad sets and multiple ads. It feeds the starving algorithm.
283
Successful Advertisers Master “The Ad Profit Grid”
Most marketers live in the cold zone. They consistently run cold traffic ads,
but there isn’t a large profit from this. In the warm zone, you can make 6
figures. To get there you need to transition your prospects from cold leads to
warm leads. The hot zone is the high 6-figure, 7-figure, 8-figure businesses.
Imagine if all of your traffic was targeting people who were leads and buyers?
The zone allows you to see how much you should be spending:
284
This is the Simple Ads Set-up Plan:
285
There are 3 ways to scale Facebook ads:
286
3) Bulk Scaling: Add all interest that hit KPIs to 1 ad set (spend $10 for every
100,000 people):
The central hub of your advertising strategy is Facebook. When you bring
Facebook users to your website and pixel them, then you can retarget them
on YouTube, Instagram, and Google.
Instagram Ads:
287
YouTube Ads Steps:
Google Ads:
In Summary:
288
Ryan Deiss, Roland Frasier, Perry Belcher, Richard Lindner, Ezra Firestone,
Robyn Crane, Cole Humphus, Amanda Dobson, Wesley Rocha, Rachel Miller,
& Syed Balkhi
Session Description:
Throughout the year, we meet in 5 star locations with 165 of the smartest marketers on the
planet to share what’s working, brainstorm new strategies and plus each other’s marketing.
At each meeting, we have a “Wicked Smaht” contest where everyone shares their best
proven strategies, tools and tactics, with results, and then we vote on which one was best.
In this session, several War Room members share their winning Wicked Smaht strategies for
you to copy and use in your business to see immediate results.
289
Ezra Firestone: Get More From Your Website & Store
The results:
“Check out our new products” and “Join the BOOM club” are the call to
actions in the sticky header below:
The sticky header can also be used with navigation menus that stay at the
top of the screen as the user scrolls. The sticky header is the menu that says
“video,” “our story,” “ingredients,” “reviews,” “FAQ,” and “shop scrub”
below:
290
Strategy 2: Improve mobile headers by changing your top navigation.
And as you scroll down, we placed a button that allows you to scroll to the
top of the page:
291
And if you start to scroll down on mobile but then start to scroll back up, the
top menu reappears.
292
Bonus Strategy 2: Send back in stock emails to your entire list.
I created a small, exclusive event for my target audience. This is what the
funnel looked like:
293
Results:
Live webinar:
• 147 registered
• 35% attended
• 25% purchased $1 application fee
• 12 attendees
• 11 potential buyers
• 10 bought a high ticket product
• Gave them the option of a non-refundable $1,000 deposit and 10 days
to pay the full $5,000
• 91% closing ratio
• Event ticket revenue $6,064
• Gross revenue: $154,700 + ticket sales = $163,764
Bonus Tip: If clients can’t come to the event, set up Zoom video calls
throughout the event to use as social proof of your services.
Create a post inside of your Facebook group that talks about upgrading the
membership:
294
Step 2: Promotion
295
Step 4: Close them inside of Messenger
296
Bonus Tip: Add a viral component within your own membership Facebook
group by telling the members who upgraded to make a post explain the
reason they upgraded their membership.
Results:
The Problem: We had a launch email campaign that had low engagement.
The Solution: Talk to prospects where they are (in this case, it wasn’t email)
Results:
Lesson: The customers were interested in the message and the offer, but
email wasn’t the best communication method to reach them.
297
Wesley Rocha: Use Text Messages to Remind People About a
Webinar
Results:
298
Bonus Tip: Send a follow-up text to attendees who leave the webinar early.
299
Rachel Miller: How to Get 20+ Interactions Per Person in Your
Group in 10 Days or Less
300
Part 3: Get Your Audience to Interact with Other Members
The results:
• You just trained your Facebook group members to interact with you
301
• This interaction made me $60,000 in a 4-day product launch
• And these engagement metrics...
Syed Balkhi: 3 True Needle Mover Tips that You Can Implement
to Grow Your Business
302
2 SEO Power Tip: How to Outrank Your Competitors for Every Keyword
Through Automation
Use SEMrush:
303
3 Backlinks: Easy Way to Unlock Hundreds of Backlinks
Use Ahrefs:
304
305
Oli Billson
Founder & CEO, NextLevelBusiness.com
Session Description:
Don’t underestimate the power of live events. Join Oli Billson as he breaks down how he
generated seven figures through live events, with little to no budget, and learn how you too
can employ this strategy to grow your business.
306
Can you convert an already existing product into a live event and make the
product the deliverable of the event?
Our first event was a 2-day event called The Automation Playbook Live. The
existing product was The Automation Playbook Library.
• The offer of our event was every attendee would take home 10 of the
most profitable campaigns from The Automation Playbook Library
Step 2: Set the Date in Stone
• We used getmagic.com
• Hire a VA for $0.69/minute
• They negotiated the venue and hired the videographer
307
• Cold call prospects
• Leave a voicemail and tell people to text you back if they are
interested in the event
• Put these people on their list for new campaigns
After this, I planned an event on the way to the next city I would be traveling
to (traveling to Toronto, event in NYC):
308
• 9 applied to Mastermind and 5 became a member
• $90,000
Again, I was speaking at the ManyChat event in Austin so I held a small event
in Austin:
309
• Bonjoro.com
• Make a custom video for each person that is attending the event
• Syncs with Slack so you can record the video ASAP
• Dynamic Personalization
• Insert their contact information on to media of the campaign
• For example, tickets, text messages, etc.
• Shock and Awe Box
• Each box had a branded t-shirt, agenda, brochure of testimonials, and
a note congratulating them on their decision to buy a ticket
• Get clear on your customer’s pain point and tell them how you’re going to
help resolve it
• For example, The Automation Playbook Live’s big promise: “You’ll come
away with a personalized playbook of campaigns to run anytime in your
business”
• For example, The Next Level Growth Program big promise: “4-step
system for achieving double digit growth without working more”
• Promise is prevalent in all marketing material
Remember:
310
Sherry Bonelli Garrett Holmes
Owner & Digital Marketer, Director of Content,
Early Bird Digital Marketing DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Sherry Bonelli, owner of Early Bird Digital Marketing, and Garrett Holmes as they
discuss the effects of guest blogging and podcasting on your organic traffic. With over 20
years experience in Digital Marketing, with major focus on SEO, Sherry has been around the
block and discovered some incredibly effective strategies for boosting your authority and
increasing the flow of free traffic to your brand.
311
Let’s get right into the nitty-gritty. How does Google rank websites and
what factors should businesses consider when it comes to ranking?
There are so many different factors that Google takes into consideration.
Obviously none of us know what they are because Google keeps it a secret
from us. We’re left to speculate on what they are. SEO is dependent on if
you’re trying to rank locally, nationally, or globally.
For example, if you’re trying to rank locally, you want your business listed on
Google Business, you want to write content for your local area (Chamber of
Commerce), add locally related content, getting online reviews, making sure
your website speed is really fast for mobile.
If you’re trying to rank nationally, it’s really important to get backlinks and
create authority. Google is really looking for content they can trust and that’s
so important.
Your SEO strategy depends on these factors. Google changes their algorithm
600+ times a year, some small and some huge. It’s a totally unpredictable
area.
What are your go-to places to stay up-to-date with these changes?
Yes! Searchengineland.com and Moz.com are the two best resources for
finding information on what’s going on.
You mentioned expertise, authority, and trust as some of the best ways
to positively influence your rankings. What are the best ways to increase
these?
Google looks at your business from a holistic standpoint. They want reputable
sources to mention your business and for online reviews. You’ll hear Google
talk about an acronym, EAT. E stands for expertise, how much knowledge do
you have about your industry and what kind of contributions are you making?
A stands for authority, how established is your brand in the industry? T stands
for trust, can consumers trust you?
The best ways that I’ve found to build this trust is through guest blogging and
being a guest on podcasts.
312
What are ways to figure out your topic?
If you’ve ever tried to come up with a topic to write about, you get a brain
freeze. One of the best ways is to look at the website you will write for or the
podcast you want to be a guest on and pitch topics that aren’t what was just
talked about. You also want to think about their audience. Who is listening
to the podcast or reading articles on the website and what can you pitch that
appeals to that audience and solves their problems?
When you’re thinking about this, you want to figure out keywords. You want
to find topics and keywords that Google knows you are searching for. You
want to find frequent keywords that aren’t overly competitive that you can
rank for.
Google has a Keyword Planner tool that is free to use. I also like LSIgraph.
com. SEMrush.com is another good one and Moz.com.
Two tools that I love for getting blog posts and topic ideas are Buzzsumo.
com, they just launched a topic generator, and Answerthepublic.com, which
shows you what other people are asking online.
How do you find blogs that are a good publication to write for?
If you think you’re going to get started writing for the Huffington Post, you’re
probably going to get shut down. Start local and small, write for the Chamber
of Commerce or for your local newsletter. Start building your portfolio and
get experience.
Huge ones! You get name recognition and you position yourself as an expert.
They give you a biography, which you want to make sure that your name is
always spelled the exact same way. For example, my legal name is Sharon but
my name is consistently Sherry online.
313
You’ll also get to place your website URL in the biography, Google will see
that and the backlink will build your authority.
On bigger websites, sometimes they put no-follow tags next to your URL
which is a total bummer. This tells Google not to pass on any “SEO juice” to
this URL. This happened because of the automation of posting articles from
websites that automatically publish them. Don’t write for these. Contact real
publications, with editors, that are authentic and mean something to Google.
The first thing you should do is find podcasts that are possible on Google
and their website is ranked high. Google your industry and podcast. Search
iTunes, Google Podcasts, and Stitcher and find out how many downloads
they have, if you can.
When you approach them, first follow the podcast and the host. Tag them,
ask them questions, and interact with them for a bit. If you’re writing an
article that is about a topic you want to talk about on their podcast, tag them.
Mention them on social. The same goes for writing publications. Follow the
people writing for them and say, “Hey I just read your article on this topic and
I loved it.” Retweet the articles they have written and then ask them, “I’d love
to write for this website, is there an editor I can reach out to?”
You can also create a one-sheeter with your headshot, biography, and what
topics you can talk about. This is a great cheat sheet for the host to see what
they can talk with you about.
314
I love the one-sheeter. Are there any other ways to boost your personal
authority?
If you can’t get this audience, then do webinars on your own and put them
on your YouTube channel. The podcast host will see that content, see that it’s
good quality, and see that you have high-quality information to share.
You want to promote it just as much as the host. It’s great for the podcast
host to see the guest promoting their show. And you want to be sure to tag
the podcast and the host. You also want to write about it. So, if you have a
blog, talk about the subject you will be discussing and mention that you’ll be
on the podcast. Do whatever you can to promote it prior and then after, do
the same. Promote it on social media, tag the host (so they can retweet and
repost).
You’ll then get extra followers from the host’s social media crowd.
What results have you seen from guest podcasting and blogging?
315
Thanks to all the guest blogs and guest podcasts, most of my business is
incoming from these sources. About 90% of my clients contact me, that’s
powerful. With regard to ranking and traffic to my website, the transcription
of a podcast about SEO for lawyers ranked #1 for a while.
Last year you talked about voice search. What is happening in the world
of voice search and SEO?
Things are really changing. The main thing local businesses should do to rank
on voice search is to get your Google My Business listing optimized, make
sure your hours and address are correct, and get on Yelp. Yelp powers 85%+
of the voice search technology. Also make sure your other online directories
are claimed, all information is correct, and you’re getting reviews from clients
and customers.
When you’re trying to rank nationally for voice search results, you want to
rank zero. Position zero is above any organic search result. The way to get this
is through content with title tags that are in the form of question and answer
and you want to write answers in the first paragraph of the article. This makes
it easier on Google to find the answer. You can also use Schema Markup on
individual pages to mark it up as a question and answer. This is the result
voice search chooses.
Is there a time and a place for trying to get position zero and ranking
#1?
On your LinkedIn page, put the links to articles you have written and the
podcasts you have been a guest on. LinkedIn is all about authority and this is
your chance to showcase it.
316
What are the biggest factor we need to bring into our SEO strategy in
2019?
Pick the area you’re really confident in, leverage it, and start now.
317
Trent Shelton
Influencer, Former NFL Player, RehabTime Founder, & Life Coach
Session Description:
Trent Shelton has over 1 million social media followers and he knows exactly why. He’s spent
the last ten years mastering the craft of influence and is now going to share his secrets to
growing your social media platforms and increasing your personal brand’s exposure.
318
How to Grow Your Social Media Following
Create Community
Talk To Them
Create Connection
319
Understand You’re A Magnet
• Too many people are smiling in front of the camera but struggling behind
the scenes
• Share your fears and struggles, it makes you human
• Your transparency will lead to your transformation and other people’s
transformation
Create Consistency
• This is the easiest thing you can do to grow your online presence
• Consistency makes you a go-to person
• Would you go to a restaurant that’s great sometimes or would you prefer
a restaurant that’s great all the time?
Influencer Identity
• If somebody goes on your page, do they see who you are and what you
believe in?
• Your content needs to reflect what you are trying to do or become
• For example, if you’re a motivational speaker your content should be
of speeches you’ve given and you talking about motivation
Be Predictable
320
• The best ways to beat the algorithm and get organic reach on Facebook
is shares
• Create a network of at least 10 people who all share each other’s video
when they are posted
• This beats the algorithm and boosts your organic reach
321
Dan Martell
CEO, SaaS Academy
Session Description:
Is your product demo costing you sales? It doesn’t matter how great your software is. Unless
you can clearly demonstrate how product solves your prospect’s biggest problems, you’re
toast. Learn Dan Martell’s signature “Rocket Demo Builder” framework that’s fueled over
30 million in sales inside his own SaaS companies—and much more for the companies he
advises.
322
The 5 Hot Principles of a Product Demo
• The biggest mistake you can make is by boring your prospect with the
features of your product
• This is all strangely irrelevant
• When Tim Cook talks about new Apple products, he explains how the
product is going to change your life, NOT how to set up your new phone
323
Principle #5: Virtual Close
324
Ralph Burns
CEO, Tier 11
Session Description:
Selling physical products comes with its fair share of challenges, so why struggle with trying
to find an effective advertising strategy that actually works. Look no further as Ralph outlines
his tried and true playbook for Facebook and Instagram ads that will help you drive serious
results.
325
“All the traffic in the world won’t cure a crappy offer.” - Ryan Deiss
326
The eCommerce Ad Amplifier™
327
Level 1 Ad Templates
Show Me Video
• Question › Fast Motion › Benefit › Benefit › Benefit CTA
Aspirational Images
328
After State Images
• Before and after hair pictures
Level 2 Ad Templates
Testimonial Videos
• Moving branding › Testimonial overlay › Product video shots › Brand CTA
Deal Videos
• Moving product › Tagline › Product video shots › BOGO deal › Brand CTA
Review Videos
• Amazon reviews
• Use star rating
• For example, 5-Star Rating
“Unboxing” Videos
329
Level 3: View Content
Product Aware: Your prospect knows what you sell, but isn’t sure if it’s right
for them.
Level 3 Ad Templates
Most Aware: Your prospect knows your product, and just needs a reason to
buy.
Level 4 Ad Templates
FAQ Videos
330
Level 5: Purchases
Completely Aware: They are now a customer again, just need a reason to
buy again.
Level 5 Ad Templates
Product Videos
• Cross-sell Product A and Product B
• Show a video of Product B
331
Dean Graziosi
Founder, Dean Enterprises
Session Description:
Join Dean Graziosi as he shares the strategies behind generating over $1 Billion between
his brands, utilizing the power of his 7 Step “Success Loop.” Stop looking at your marketing
efforts as a straight line and learn how to create a strategy that keeps customers coming in
on a perpetual basis.
332
The Success Loop is a framework made up of 11 steps for selling without
selling.
The day or moment that you say, “it’s enough” is the moment that you are so
fed up that you’ll do anything to solve your problem.
For me, this moment was when I sold my first company. The people who
bought it sold products under my name, went into millions of dollars in debt,
and because they hadn’t sent over the paperwork—it was all on me.
This is when the stacking self hatred mode comes in. I started to think of each
person who told me that I shouldn’t do this and couldn’t do this. I went far
down the rabbit hole and got to the point where I was blaming everything
and anyone else instead of me.
This is where people get stuck. The entrepreneurs who don’t bail when times
get tough are the ones that find future success.
333
Step #3: The Reverse Stack
I started to take walks in the morning and repeat to myself, “If I can get
through this mother f*cker, I can get through anything.”
I went to court and fought to get back my company. I got my company back
and realized they had another $500,000 in debt that I wasn’t aware of. Again,
I focused on what could go right. I told them to call every single person that
is owed money and tell them the truth. I want to pay them back but I can’t do
it overnight. Ninety percent of people took payments and within 16 months
every single person was paid off.
At the same time, I launched a real estate course called Think A Little
Different. It was 5x the size and I was only able to do this because of this
terrible experience.
I knew who I didn’t want to be and I knew exactly who I wanted to be. I
wanted to be the guy that people thought wasn’t going to make it and
proved them wrong. I wanted to surprise everybody. This gave me a sense of
confidence that I can’t even put into words. Even when I didn’t feel like I was
capable, I told people that “I got this.”
334
Step #6: Project Painful Picture
This was a moment when I felt the pain of that future and everything shifted.
My passion took over. The thought of leading a team with my values and
books selling, and creating this impact motivated me. What could the future
look like if I made it? We just passed 500,000 copies on social media and
we’re number 1 in 4 categories on Amazon. My book is 2 years old.
The majority of the world focuses on what’s wrong. If you ask them what they
want out of life, they’ll tell you what they don’t want. You need to know what
you want with crystal clarity. Ask yourself, “What would the best year of my
life look like?” and craft what your better future is. Write it down and read it
every day.
Your best thinking got you to this point in your life. If you had a higher level
of knowledge, you’d be making more money.
You must seek out somebody who has a different experience and allows you
to go faster.
Now, you have to be courageous. You have to take those new capabilities
and you have to take action. Jump out of the plan and grow wings on your
way down.
335
Step #10: Gas
This leads to the momentum that you’ll use to get to the next level of your
life.
336
Justin Rondeau
Director of Marketing, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
DigitalMarketer grew its business off the back of it’s five-step funnel, but in 2018 they had to
make a serious tweak to support growing the business while going “All In” on a subscription
model. In this session, Justin will share exactly how the tweaked their funnel including to the
inspiration, design breakdown, additional automation, and how you can apply this to your
business. If you have a continuity program, this is a must-see.
337
The 5-Step Funnel
338
What happened?
So, we tried to fix our problem by charging different prices for Lab, testing
a pop-up to join Lab, and a special offer to join Lab for less than it normally
was. Nothing improved the take rate from paid media for Entry Point or Core
Offers.
We saw a 233% increase in traffic but it was expensive. And it still wasn’t
sustainable.
339
Where’s the friction (and how can we reduce it)?
We created 10 pieces of pillar content for free on our blog and used it to
promote Lab. Success!... Well, kind of. Yes, the positioning was helping us,
but we still weren’t convincing that many more people to go from reader to
Lab member.
We created DigitalMarketer Free and asked for an opt-in in turn for free
online trainings and courses. Our theme for the Customer Value Journey
became to upgrade each offer, creating a seamless line between start and
finish.
Core Offer:
• Become a Lab Member
340
Email Rules:
• If a lead takes a lead magnet but doesn’t complete any step › your goal is
to get them to create an account
• If a lead creates an account but doesn’t opt for Lab › your goal is to get
them to log in and upgrade their Lab trial
• If a lead takes the Lab trial › your goal is to get them to log in and activate
a full membership
341
Final Tips For Recreating This
• Measure everything, but have a unified Overall Evaluation Criteria (It’s Lab
Trials for us)
• Know your immediate, 30-day, and 60-day ROI
• Identify the friction and inoculate against it
• Invest in your list and ask relevant qualifying questions
• Simplify, simplify, simplify
342
Grant Perry Brian York
Associate Editor, Managing Director,
The Agora Companies The Agora Companies
Session Description:
Today’s ultra-connected world is siphoning cash out of your media spend. 40% of consumers
pop right back out of your funnel and search for more information before making a buying
decision. Learn the strategies The Agora Companies use to plug those leaks to make every
dollar count.
343
Reviews
There is too much focus on building a brand and not enough focus on
creating a great reputation.
344
Online Reviews
The Promo Driven Search (PDS) Effect: About 9 out of 10 people use online
research before making a purchase decision.
Review Channels:
• Facebook
• Google
• Yelp
• Angie’s List
• Yellow Pages
• etc.
• Post-purchase
• When the product arrives
• After a good customer service call
• After a lifetime purchase
• Editor name
• Product name
• Brand name
• Wikipedia
• YouTube
• Facebook
• LinkedIn
• Twitter
345
Microsites
• Buy the domains of your editor’s names, brand’s names, and product’s
names so that when users search for any of those keywords they are
driven back to your main website
• Create websites around these names that all point to your main website
• These websites are called microsites
Customer Onboarding
What if you could automate a consistent relationship so every new reader has
the same, great experience?
A consistent relationship gives the right message to the right person at the
right time.
Right Message
• Builds trust
• Introduces gurus, core ideas, your products
Right Person
346
• New readers
• Make it easy for the wrong people to leave so you can focus on the right
people
• Don’t hide unsubscribe buttons
Right Time
347
A Good Welcome Series Will…
348
Jarrod Glandt Marcus Murphy
VP of Sales, Director of Monetization,
Grant Cardone Enterprises DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Jarrod Glandt (VP of Sales at Cardone Enterprises) and Marcus Murphy (Director of
Monetization at DigitalMarketer), both who have have built and scaled multiple sales teams
and helped to bring rapid growth to their organizations, as they discuss what’s working
RIGHT NOW in selling.
349
Marcus Murphy: For people who don’t know you so well, what do you
do at Cardone Enterprises?
Jarrod Glandt: I focus on the ecommerce side of our business. I oversee the
sales team from a distance. I’m spending the majority of my time figuring out
how to grow and scale the message and the brand through the U.S. and out
into the world.
MM: What’s the culture like on the sales floor? Why do people wear
suits?
JG: The people we are selling to are professionals who aren’t wearing sweats
to work. We do video calls with their teams and we need to look the part. For
the first 6 months, all rookies have to get their teeth cut and do cold calls.
And this is a really hard time for some people, there is a lot of rejection. What
we tell people is that you have to act like the person you want to be. If you
want to make a million dollars as a sales person, you need to start making
decisions today like you’re making a million dollars. That’s where the suit
comes in.
JG: Surrounding yourself with people who are on the same trip is so
important. In our bootcamp, we talk about the reason why your team is
disengaged, and it always comes down to a false understanding of money.
The problem for the business owner is to handle the money situation for their
people. A great exercise is to write out your goals and ask, “When I’m 50,
what does my ideal life look like?”
This is typically easy but then if you ask, “How much does that cost? Are you
coming into an office everyday?” etc. When you start to write those numbers
you can show people the disconnect they have with how much things really
cost. People have the wrong understanding about money and what it takes to
get close to where they want to be.
It’s important for us to educate our team about money. We have sales
associates making $250,000+ a year.
350
MM: Is there a specific DNA for a successful salesperson?
JG: Today, it’s everywhere. We have to be open to anything. We run our DISC
assessments but if I take a step back, the outlier sales people who break all
the rules and stay at the top of the rankings, they are very Type A. On the
reverse, analytical people who build systems, but may be more introverted,
do really well too. These sales people are actually way more useful because
we can replicate their process and teach it to others.
Ninety percent of people are moving out-of-state to come and work with
us and we don’t pay for relocation. What we do is show new sales people
how much money everyone is making and show them the full value of the
opportunity. It’s the most compelling case you can make to get someone to
make that huge life change.
MM: When I worked at Yelp, there were ping pong tables and all of
these fun amenities, but what I realized was that none of this connected
to culture. Culture is the mission. What’s the mission at Cardone?
JG: We want people to improve their earning ability, income, and life using
our program material. Part of what we do every day is talk about people who
are successful with our programs. We have to do double the work and remind
people consistently that they are impacting people and their families. To go
from $50,000 a year to $250,000 is totally life changing and that’s the impact
our sales people are having.
351
MM: What’s the base salary and commission?
JG: We’ve tested out several things. Prior to 2 years ago, we had only
commission. Now, we put in a base to give people the peace of mind that
their rent will be covered. We also give 10% of the MRR they’ve sold from our
core product.
We backed into it and asked ourselves, what’s the most we are willing to pay?
And then found our solution there.
JG: Big marketers end up in sales because they don’t like talking to people.
JG: Ha exactly. Marketing is a crazy mastery and it changes all the time, but
it’s something that can be learned. I’m in the process of doing that right
now. I’m the guy who will make 300 cold calls a day, but now I’m learning
this marketing thing. Being a marketer is only going to get you so far. When
you can do the things you don’t want to do, you open yourself up to more
possibilities and opportunities.
This is why we’ve built a company that made $70 million in revenue last year
from an information business. I encourage you to find the things in your
business that you’re not comfortable doing and start doing them. If you can
master that, you will be open to doing a lot of things in your business that
you never thought you were capable of.
JG: No.
What is cold calling? The phone is a tool. For me, a cold call is going through
a phone book, randomly picking a name, and pitching them. Identifying
people in a specific space and calling them is not cold calling. It’s totally
targeted.
352
Audience Question: Who shouldn’t be doing sales?
JG: I can’t classify it entirely by personality because people will surprise you.
In the first 30 days we’re trying to break the mold a person has of how many
phone calls they can make a day. We don’t care if they’re good on the call,
we need them to know they are capable of 250 calls a day. That’s the first
step and somebody who resists that isn’t a good sales person for us.
Audience Question: Can you break down the video new sales people
submit?
JG: We try to give very little guidelines with only one specification of it being
60 seconds. If someone sends a 4-minute video, they are automatically
disqualified because I know how much of my time in the future they’ll be
taking up. If they’re not reading the guidelines, we know it’ll be a problem in
the future.
For example, we have a script that at a point is like, “Say X now” and if they
hesitate to say that, then we also know they’re not our person. We also set a
really aggressive target for them of 80 sales calls.
Audience Question: What are you looking for when training sales people
with your script?
JG: The success of your call is not based on your opener, it’s how they deal
with being told “no.” There is no silver bullet for an opening script. The
ending tells us a lot.
353
Side note, every department has a chance to get commission.
JG: You have to train them just like you train a child. We’ll say you need to
make 200 calls and have 400 hours of talk time. The best way to do this is to
break it down into increments of 15 minutes and create micro-targets each
day to make sure you’re on track. We also have a ton of accountability and
everyone is in anyone’s business all day. I can walk in and see who is last on
the list and ask them “What’s going on?”
Audience Question: When you cold call, what are you pitching?
JG: Our product can be sold on the first call, but not always. Our bluebird
deal is the one that results in a Now Demo and Agreement. For us, we
call and start with a case study or we give them access to a free program
and tell them that their competitors are using it and then show them their
competitor’s success with it.
Audience Question: If I was starting from scratch with cold calling, what
steps do I take to build out a targeted list?
JG: Depends on your product and if it’s global, national, local. The
competition is a great place to go for leads. They’ll most likely put
testimonials on their website. Reach out to those people. Also getting
referrals from people and working on that power base.
JG: I would get 250 companies on the list and focus on a high frequency of
touch. We’ll call people a lot. You can use predictive dialers and build call
sequencing, but if you’re just getting started, call them in the morning email
them in the afternoon, and do this for the first 7 days just to get a response. If
you’re not getting a response at all, your reach isn’t good enough.
Call the same person every day for 2 weeks with a different offer. In our follow
up, we have a VAFU, “Value-Added Follow Up,” that gets their attention and
makes us stand out. We use videos and GIFs. Depending on the size of the
354
account we’ll do anything to get in front of them.
Audience Question: How long do you give sales people to see if they’re
a fit?
JG: We give 90 days with a 30-day waiver for people to turn it around. If we
know that it’s not right before that, we’ll fire them.
355
Joana Galvao
Co-founder & Creative Director, GIF Design Studios
Session Description:
In this session, Joana will help you discover how visuals have the power to increase your
brand’s perceived value, affect your customer’s emotions, and even their sense of smell.
(Yup, visuals can make you smell a difference!) She will walk you through her design agency’s
5-step recipe to create a website that converts, by tapping into the power of design—the
same that has helped her clients TRIPLE their website conversions.
356
The Branding Triad happens when vision, voice, and visuals all say the same
thing.
In business today, marketers are clear on the voice and vision, but they don’t
tie the visuals into their triad.
357
Step 1: Strategy
So there’s a lot riding on the little time your brand has to create a first
impression. Whether someone reads your copy, clicks on your ad, or stays
on your website, depends on the impression that your visuals create in their
mind.
For example, next time you go to the supermarket walk down the laundry
detergent aisle. You’re going to find:
1. Color scheme
2. Fonts
3. Aesthetic
4. Design elements (patterns/iconography)
5. Logo
358
• Easy to navigate
• Delightful to experience
Step 4: Content
If you’ve committed to all of the steps up to this point, you can now hand it
over to the junior designer and they can create exactly what you wanted.
The right visuals, shown to the right person, create the right action
(conversion).
359
Rachel Hollis Brendon Burchard
Founder & CCO, Host of HPX Podcast,
The Hollis Co. The Burchard Group
Session Description:
New York Times Best-Selling author of Girl, Wash Your Face, Rachel Hollis joins personal
friend Brendon Burchard to talk about growing a 3+ million person fan base, launching the
second best-selling book of 2018 (presided only by Michelle Obama’s Becoming), and the
documentary that made her over a million dollars.
360
Do you feel like a lot of people on social media are preventing their own
growth by trying to do too many things?
I think when you start out as an influencer or thought leader you tend to do
what you see other people doing. In actuality, I started to have the success
you know me for today when I was just myself.
When we first start out, we honestly just copy other people. For me it was
Tony Robbins. But now I have the business that I have because I sat in UPW
and asked, “Why aren’t there any women on this stage?” At first I thought
that in order to be successful in business I had to do it like a man. I tried that
and it didn’t work because...well, I’m not 7 feet tall. That’s just not me.
I love the in-your-face coaching style but I don’t see a lot of women doing
this and it’s hard to do that when you have to wake up the next morning and
make your kids lunches. Staying authentic to who I was and how I needed to
learn is how I got to where I am today.
You wanted to find your own way to create a coaching business model.
How did you do that?
When Brendon first told me to start a coaching business model I was against
it. I didn’t want to make people buy something that didn’t have tons of value.
Then I started to understand that I can’t do it exactly like how you do it or
Dean Grazioso does it. I have to do it the way that works for my audience of
“her.” If something isn’t selling, that means that I didn’t explain it to “her” the
right way.
For example, if I’m going to sell “her” this jacket—I can do it. But, first I have
to show “her” 10 ways that she can wear it with what’s already in “her” closet.
For coaching, it was (and is) a long process. Coaching will be bigger in Month
11 than it was in Month 1 and it will continue to get bigger because “she”
needs to see other people using it (proof of concept) and “she” needs the
education on the product. And, the most important marketing technique that
we have is scarcity. My girl doesn’t know it but “she” exists in the scarcity
model. Everything I sell is only sold one time and it always, always sells out.
That way the next time I put a new product or event up, “she” will buy it right
away because “she” doesn’t want it to sell out.
361
Why was Girl, Wash Your Face such a success?
The special thing that I have that other businesses don’t is that I know my
girl and I call her, “her.” Every day for the last 15 years I’ve interacted with
“her” online. The secret to success is interacting with your fans, building a
community and then monetizing it.
I could launch anything tomorrow and it would sell out in 2 seconds because
I know what “she” wants because I have been hanging out with “her” for so
long. I’ve built a community of 3 million followers one woman at a time.
Girl, Wash Your Face is 20 chapters of the 20 most common questions that I
have been asked in the last fifteen years. I knew that it would resonate.
This is my sixth book and it needed to take that long. If I hadn’t taken
the time to build that community I wouldn’t be where I am now. I have
4 products, books, events, coaching, and journals. That’s it. All of these
products are a direct response to an ask from “her.”
When you get 10 different sets of notes from your community, ignore them.
But when 10 people say the exact same thing, that’s when I listen and create
a product around it.
I think of my audience as 3 different women, The Die Hard Fan, The Target
Mom, and The Hustler.
362
How did you figure out the timing of the documentary and of your next
book?
I’ll be honest, my husband wins on this one. Dave Hollis is the king of
stacking products on top of each other and he works my team hard. We offer
4 products but they are all in the same ecosystem. If you bought one you
probably want to buy others.
We were really aggressive with how much we launched this year and how we
laid it all out. It was terrifying because it was a lot of work and I was petrified
that we’d piss off the audience. I didn’t want to offer so many things that
“she” got frustrated.
The honest truth is that by stacking them the way that we did we sold out
of everything so fast. The book led to the conference which led to the
documentary and then “she” kept asking for the next thing.
What you’ve done so well is putting that through line that connects all of
your products and you talk about the products on your daily Facebook
live show. But because the audience is on the journey with you through
that daily Facebook live, it worked. How do you and Dave think about
this morning show that you have?
If you confuse your audience, you lose. Your products have to have synergy.
I used to go live on Facebook 5 years ago every single day. Back in the day,
if you went live on Facebook they showed it to all of your followers for free.
I have to say—I don’t do ads. We don’t spend ANY money on advertising. I
started out as a food blogger and my mentality is, how do I get access to my
audience without paying for it?
Then we’re super authentic. The lighting is bad, our kids are running in, our
dogs are barking. But it’s not about the quality, it’s about the consistency. We
go live 5 days a week, 8 a.m. central, on Facebook and YouTube.
The only strategy is that I am super passionate about giving women the
tools to change their lives. I think you can change a woman’s life but first you
need to have her attention. First, I’ll get her attention and then in the last 5
minutes, I challenge her and ask her to show up for her life. I will get in your
face on these topics and teach you.
363
When I tried to just straight teach, I would see bad numbers. Now I have it
down to a formula of entertaining, teaching, question and answers.
I also only challenge and hold my community to things that I have struggled
with and overcome because that’s authentic. I didn’t have an easy start and I
made it and so can you. The market doesn’t care about your excuses, it cares
about your results.
When you were thinking about this next book, Girl, Stop Apologizing,
how are you planning on launching it?
I’m so lucky because I had written the first draft for Girl, Stop Apologizing
before Girl, Wash Your Face went crazy. Now, I’m writing my eighth book and
can feel the pressure, for sure. But, not to sound like a broken record but Girl,
Stop Apologizing is just a response to “her.” There’s a huge chance that your
community is already asking you for something and you’re ignoring it.
For promotion, the publisher wanted to have promotions like buy 100 books
and get a free makeout session with me. But that’s not what works. I know
that my girl wants a morning routine and a free, downloadable, PRETTY PDF
to keep her accountable. This then gives her something to print out and put
on social media and market for me.
We did the video, the PDF and it has gone bananas. It served “her” so
hardcore and now “she” is putting this pre-order gift on her socials and
sharing the message. We’ve sold a lot of pre-order books.
To end, what would you love to share with these folks about building a
brand?
Every single thing that I know how to do I taught myself using the Internet
for free. I have a high school diploma and now I have the second best-selling
book, only beat out by Michelle Obama. I’ve never taken a writing class. I
have taught myself everything that I know. I’m not special, I just wanted it
more and I kept showing up. People say it’s not what you know, it’s who you
know. Bullcrap. It’s about learning as much as you can and wanting it.
The thing that puts you on this stage next year is, are you willing to stand
back up? Lots of people can buy a ticket to a conference but not a lot of
364
people will continue to show up.
It’s this slow momentum where nothing is working and nothing is working and
all of a sudden, you can’t keep up. The bottom line is, you can learn all of the
things and it doesn’t matter if you’re not ready to keep getting back up and
starting again every day.
The only thing that you have that can’t be taken away is your knowledge and
your will.
365
Dean Graziosi
Founder, Dean Enterprises
Session Description:
There is a three-step formula for sales videos and ads: hook, story, and close. The hook gets
people to stop scrolling and the close gets people off of the ad and on to your website. It’s
the story that shows your customers that you understand them and they motivates them to
take the next action. There are five ingredients to a good story and in this session, Dean
Graziosi is going to give us his secret to creating lucrative sales videos and ads.
366
The formula for sales video and ads is: Hook to Story to Close
The hook is what catches a user’s attention. The strategy to make them stop
scrolling is to say something they resonate with. For example, “Have you ever
in your adult life looked in the mirror and thought, ‘Wow, I thought I’d be
farther by now?’”
• Tell people why your company is selling the product you sell
• What makes you credible to sell this product?
2. Create an Epiphany
• The epiphany is the moment a user realizes they want to listen to you
• Define the reason you started your company and are selling this product
• What does your ideal client worry about? What do they want?
• Give them the Eminem 8 Mile close—call out their objections as to why
they wouldn’t buy your product before they do. This stops their resistance
and you’ve blocked their response.
• Instead of using money claims, use life changes, “This is the person I was
before this product/service and this is the person I am now because of it.”
• This is a subtle way of saying why you are better than your competition
367
• If you completely bash your competitors, it comes off as desperate
• Don’t bring up their names, but cast seeds of doubt by pointing out other
competitor’s products aren’t working because if they were, the customer
wouldn’t still have this pain point
The bridge between story and close is where you get permission from the
customer to sell them something. You ask them, “Is it okay if I tell you about
my service?”
Close: Call-To-Action
368
Perry Belcher
Founder, Rival Brands
Session Description:
Imagine, three times the revenues from your offers without spending a single dime in traffic
costs. Perry will share his latest “what’s working now” tricks, secrets, and hacks to drive
your conversions north. All are quick and simple to apply and you’ll feel the effects almost
instantly.
369
Generate More Leads
If you have an opt-in form on your website, get rid of it. Buttons perform 55%
better than opt-in forms. Use blue links and green buttons.
Make sure the entire form fits on the screen of the device that you’re popping
it for.
55% of all traffic is mobile right now. Everything needs to be designed to look
good and work on mobile. The vast majority of Facebook traffic is coming
from mobile. The button needs to be the size of a person’s thumb and 100%
above-the-fold.
Contests
Quizzes
• Use quizzes to get users to segment themselves and learn more about
them to retarget later
370
• You can also use quizzes to have a conversation with your customer
• Quizzes that simulate a conversation do better than regular quizzes
• For example, ask a few questions and then ask, “You said that you’re X,
doing Y and wanting Z. Is that right?” Then continue to the quiz.
• We’re getting quiz leads at $0.10 per opt-in lead
• Note: These aren’t always the most qualified leads
Calculators
Calculators get attention because it’s selfish interest. People want to know
something about themselves and you can easily answer their questions.
The traffic engines love calculators. By providing a calculator you can drive
significant traffic and keep the search engine bots happy.
• Tool to Use:
• Calculoid.com
Games
• Tool to Use:
• Marketjs.com
• Customization of lead generation games
Everything you sell needs to have a premium: a product that is given for free
with purchase of a more expensive product.
371
What makes a good premium?
This has been an absolute game changer. It’s very simple, everything goes on
the first page of the order except the credit card information.
On the second page, you place the credit card form. What this does is give
you all of the information you need to retarget people who don’t go to the
second page and make the purchase.
Order Bump
Thirty-five percent of people who buy on page 2 (the credit card order form
page) will increase their order before they check out.
Timers
Timers are converting. The only problem with timers is that Facebook doesn’t
want you to use them. The work around for this is by putting your timer on
the second page, the page with the credit card form.
372
All of these methods are good, but the compound effect of them is so much
better.
Once we’ve made the core sale, it’s time for the upsell. What makes an upsell
work?
• Congruent premiums
• If a customer bought a t-shirt, upsell them another t-shirt
• Quick yes or no product decisions
• Change your offer to increase the customer’s status on the upsell page
• For example, increasing the status of an organization they are already a
member of by giving them swag
• 24% upsell rate
373
Jason Fladlien
Chief Strategy Officer, Rapid Crush, Inc.
Session Description:
Jason will share his best webinar sales secrets, including the best way to structure your
webinars, automation and “evergreening” your webinar, high performing webinar funnels,
and the non-obvious ways any business can and should be using webinars... no matter what
you sell or what industry you’re in.
374
What Is A Webinar?
1. Audience
2. Presentation
3. Offer
4. Funnels
5. Promotion
1. Educate
• Clarity: The goal is to take a prospect from a state of “I don’t know
what to do” to “I know exactly what to do”
• Behavior: Education that doesn’t change behavior hasn’t done its job
• Transform: Education to transform behavior through clarity
2. Sell A Product
• For example:
• Information
• Software
• Services
• Events
375
Webinar Success Needs 2 Elements:
1. An Audience
• Internal Audiences: Your email list, followers, etc.
• Endorsed Audiences: An audience from another company that you are
partnering with
• Paid: An audience acquired through paid advertisements (more on this
below)
2. A Presentation
376
The Replay Page:
• You’ll make more money on the follow-up page than the webinar itself
• Make it expire when your offer expires
• If this page is available all the time, there is no incentive to buy
• Delay the button
• Delay the “Click Here To Sign Up” button by a few seconds
• This increases trust and decreases the “sales” look of the page
• Make sure it’s mobile friendly
Each promotion sequence should last for 7 days and the third day is when the
webinar goes live.
During day 1 and day 2, email the people who haven’t signed up yet and
email the people who have signed up reminding them of the event. On day
7, you have to make the offer actually expire.
377
Paid Advertising: “The Evergreen” Webinar Funnel
Registration Page
• Advertise an upcoming webinar based off of what time the user is seeing
the advertisement
• For example, if a user sees the advertisement at 10:00am the webinar
starts at 10:15am
Broadcast Page
• Regular webpage
378
• Use Wistia.com
• Tell them what is going to be talked about on the webinar
• Use chat to increase engagement
• If you don’t want to use chat, then say “Chat is temporarily disabled”
• Time your offer to be shown 47 minutes into the webinar
Introduction
• Authority: Show how the webinar host has a better answer to the problem
that is being solved in the webinar than anybody else
• Commitment: Tell the audience that you commit to solving their problem
and continue to remind them throughout the webinar
• Biases: Tell them you know the way they are trying to solve their problem
isn’t working and ask them if they agree that it doesn’t work
• Hope: Tell them what it’s going to be like when their problem is solved—
show them the light!
Content
Transition
• Rapid Recap: 60 seconds that explain everything that was just taught
• Show the viewers how much they just learned and reiterate how much
value you just provided
• Yes Momentum: Ask people questions that have “yes” as an answer
379
• Try to get 6 yes answers to get them in the “yes mindset”
• Permission: Use the 2-Choice Close to sell them the product
• For example, “I have 2 options for you. Option 1, we part ways and
I can hope you use what I just said to change your business/life/etc.
Option 2, I can put everything that I just told you together and help
you reach your goals. What should I do?”
• This makes the viewer beg you to sell to them
• Now you’re not selling, you’re fulfilling their requests
Pitch
• Offers
• For example, “With great pleasure, I introduce you Offer X. Go here
and sign up for Offer X.”
• Give bonus products for free
• Use scarcity to push viewers to buy now
• Reverse the risk by offering a money-back guarantee
• Voice their objections to buying to remove their excuse to not purchase
• Use The Pitch Formula:
380
Syed Balkhi
CEO, Awesome Motive
Session Description:
Tired of getting marginal results? Join Syed Balkhi as he walks you through the Success Gap
Framework that they’ve used to grow their software companies into powering over 8 million
websites. This method helps you identify the biggest opportunities in your product and
marketing strategy, so you can fast track your growth.
381
The Success Gap framework helps you identify the biggest opportunities in
your product and marketing strategy, so you can fast track your growth.
External Success Gap: The gap between what your product or service does
and what the user needs to be successful
Internal Success Gap: The gap between what your product or service does
and what the user thinks it should do in order to be successful
382
How To Use The Success Gap Framework in Marketing
• Who are the most popular influencers and brands serving these gaps?
• How can I become their partner and work with them so they will help
promote my product?
• Associate your brand with the brands and people they already trust
• Tools to use:
• Ahrefs: mention alerts, backlink monitoring, PPC tracking, see who’s
linking to your competitors or partners
• BuzzSumo: question analyzer, Facebook analyzer, topic explorer, find
influencers
• SEMrush: keyword tracking, PPC ad analytics, backlink tracking,
position tracking
• Nacho Analytics: see top landing pages, see top traffic sources, see
funnel visualization of your competitors and potential partners
Content examples:
383
Your information content is their transactional content. It will help open the
doors for cross-promotions.
Now, approach these brands and say, “Hey, I have all of this traffic, you need
it and we can give it to you. Let’s work out a deal.” For example, we went to
website template companies and partnered with them to bundle our contact
forms with their themes. We mention their themes as our preferred partners.
The key is alignment. Does your product help your partner’s customers
succeed?
Sharing Pixels
384
• Create co-branded or integration pages and share pixels (targeted
audiences)
Renting Pages
• Instead of paying CPC, pay monthly to rent pages from blogs that are
ranking for your desired keywords
• Ask your customers what they like about the product and experience
• If you don’t have customers, analyze competitor’s reviews
“You can’t just ask customers what they want and then try to give that to
them. By the time you get it built, they’ll want something new.” -Steve Jobs
Product Education
385
• Better product demonstrations
• Hidden feature highlights
• Dominate SEO with How-To’s
386
Rachel Miller
Organic Strategist, Moolah Marketing
Session Description:
This formula has helped 37 businesses get over 10,000,000 video views EACH without ad
spend, some reaching 65,000,000 in views!
387
The 5-Step Formula to build an audience that converts is:
(A+M+C)E=P
A= Audience
• You don’t want just any audience, you want the most active people on
that platform
• Facebook tells you where the active people “live” online inside of the
Audience Insights
• Go to “Interest,” “Activity,” and then “Page Likes” and you’ll see
pages that are similar to your page
• Find the page that has the highest activity level—target this page with
your ad
M= Message
• Your product and solving the problem isn’t going to grow your audience
• We need to become what our audience identifies as
• For example, “A quirky mom,” “A crazy cat lady”
• It’s whatever your audience calls themselves
• We need to make them feel good, look good, and make their life good
by specifically targeting what makes this audience feel good, look good,
388
and the things that make their life better
• Your product and solving the problem aren’t what will grow your
following—identifying is
• Tools to Use: SocialInsider.io
• Insights into your competitors’ social media strategy
C= Content
• You want to craft content in a way that your audience most likes it AND
Facebook most likes it
• If you don’t keep both Facebook and your audience in mind, it will fall
flat
• Your content must be mobile friendly
• 87% of users are coming to your Facebook page from mobile
• Put captions on ALL videos
• Use your content to move users through your ecosystem
• Send users from your page to your Facebook group > use group
with Messenger to send people to your offer > use your offer to send
people back to your page
• Have at least 3 “spokes” of this system
• This system looks like this:
389
And your content looks like this and is pixeled like so:
E= Engage
• You need social proof to show your content is valuable
• Stack your engagements
• You want more than one interaction in as short of a time period as you
can create
• “Hey, why don’t you message this article link to yourself so you don’t
lose it.”
• Facebook sees this user is sharing YOUR content with themselves
and pushes it further in the algorithm
• Use the whole ecosystem
• Focus on conversation
P= Profit
• Your goals are being met (yay!)
You don’t need a big audience to make a big impact. You just need the
perfect audience.
390
Panel:
Sonya Keenan, Jeanna Pool, Zenovia Andrews, Susan Sly, & Marcus Murphy
Session Description:
Learn from four of the best agency owners around how they have managed to scale their
agencies past the seven figure mark. Marcus Murphy hosts this heavy hitting panel that will
leave you with a smorgasbord of ideas on how to scale your agency back home.
391
Marcus Murphy: What’s your specialty?
Sonya Keenan: I’m Sonya Keenan, my company, Omni Channel Media Group
is based in Australia. It has morphed into a coaching business in the past few
years. We are focused on building community and helping business owners
in the southern hemisphere with the assets they need to learn. And we run
DigitalMarketer Down Under. We want to help people turn information into
knowledge.
Jeanna Pool: I’m Jeanna Pool, I have a “done for you agency” focused on
doctors and holistic professionals. I also have a course called Clients In Bulk.
My rockstar power is teaching people how to sign up all of their clients for
the entire year. Now I help smaller agencies figure out what they want to do,
package things better, and promote better.
Zenovia Andrews: I’m Zenovia Andrews, the founder of Max Out Marketing
Agency. We generate more traffic and specialize in lead generation for
compounding pharmacies.
Susan Sly: I’m Susan Sly and I run Agency A. We’re focused on a different
avatar, the avatar that’s overlooked by agencies all the time. Our first level
of entry is teaching so you can do. We want our clients to be educated,
understanding, and asking the right questions before we get into the done
for you work.
Sonya: I’ll turn that into another question, why would you want to? I have
had a 7-figure agency and I have lost 7-figures. Remember, turnover is vanity,
profit is sanity. I don’t know anyone that can pay for their kids school fees on
turnover. You can’t do that unless you make profit. When you find out what
you’re profitable at, then work out how you scale that. If you try to do all
things for all people, you won’t be able to afford a ticket to T&C next year.
Jeanna: I am in the same tribe as Sonya. I talk to my agencies and I ask them,
“What is your magic number?” and a lot of times, this isn’t an agency with the
systems to become a million-dollar agency. I urge you to ask, “Is this where I
want to go or where I think I’m supposed to go?” In 2014, we were on track
to reach one million and in Q3 I shut it down. I had never worked so hard,
392
with systems, had less freedom in my life, and had less money in my life. So
I asked myself, “Why am I doing this?” We backed up and I realized that my
magic number is a $650,000=$700,000. I don’t help agencies build to one
million dollars, I help them build to their magic number so they can be happy
and do what they love and have a life they love.
Jeanna: A lot of people don’t niche down because they are afraid of losing
opportunities. It’s the opposite, your business will scale fast and quickly. In
my agency I give location exclusivity. I can’t work with 2 doctors in the same
niche in the same location, but I can work with a diabetes doctor in Houston
and an IBS doctor in Houston. I call this hyper-niching.
393
Zenovia: Some of us just need cash flow so we’ll take anyone on. When
you’re in that space, you have the challenge of what would I even want to
niche in? I recommend you having some type of passion for it or interest
because your client will discern that passion. When I made the decision to go
into the compound pharmacy niche, it made sense because I had knowledge
and passion behind it.
Susan: Do you want to grow your income? Do you want to grow personally?
The answers are yes and yes. Guess what? So do your clients! I would love
everyone to write down 2 words: “What’s next?” What’s next for your clients
and how do you position yourself as a part of that? And then ask yourself the
same question. If you keep providing your clients with what’s next for them,
you’ll reduce that churn.
Sonya: The failure for me was in thinking that I had to replicate myself. I tried
to employee people who were like me, instead of people who challenged
me. You have to take constructive feedback all the time and even get used
to people saying negative things about your services. Also, you must know
the numbers in your business. If you don’t know how much money you need
in the bank this month and next month, you’re not going to make it. I have a
board with all of the money I’m definitely making and what I have signed but
haven’t been paid for yet. I have this scheduled out until September of next
year. When you owe money, that’s when you make bad decisions. If you’re not
good with numbers, employee a bookkeeper...and LISTEN TO THEM.
Jeanna: I’ve been doing this for 17 years and I’m still asking, “Will I ever stop
learning lessons?” The answer is no. I’ve also learned that I just need to be
me. I don’t wear heels, I wear tennis shoes. That’s okay. I talk funny, I have
weird phrases. I tried so hard to be what my clients wanted me to be and it
was pure chaos. I’m not everyone’s brand of vodka and that’s okay. It’s okay
not to be for everybody. Just understand that it’s hard when haters come, and
yes, it hurts your feelings, but you can’t let that person or group defeat you.
Focus on the people that are helping you and growing you.
Zenovia: I have 2 major failures. The first, was at the beginning, I made the
394
mistake in not knowing my numbers. There’s nothing more frustrating than
making a million dollars but only keeping $25,000. Make sure you know how
much you want to profit and take home. Second, take care of yourself. As
agency owners, we’re riding this roller coaster and we forget to take care of
ourselves, our spouses, our children. Build an agency that is making money
and giving you a good quality of life.
Susan: I have mindset advice and tactical advice. I’m going to be totally
honest. The biggest mistake I’ve ever made in my career is not valuing
myself. We teach the world how to treat us. A lot of us are undercharging
for our services because we come from a place of desperation. From the
tactical side, ask yourself, “What’s next for my team?” How are you growing
your team? Have those conversations with your team and figure out how
you can help them grow into those passions, even if what’s next for them is
transitioning out of your agency.
Jeanna: My secret has been offline marketing for my online agency. The #1
marketing in the world is face-to-face. I fill my entire agency offline.
Susan: Sixty-eight percent of people are visual. I’d love for you to draw a
circle and then come up with ten different ways that you can promote your
business. Podcasts, video, social media, etc. Serve, serve, and serve. Then,
find an influencer in each of those spaces and network with them.
Zenovia: Right now. I opened up a call center and our sales increased by
40%! When it comes to direct conversation, digital marketers shy away. We
can’t have marketing without sales. If our clients need call centers, we have a
395
system that we can give them.
Zenovia: It’s important in my agency that we create a win for my client in the
first 14 days. Clients want to see action and the quicker we can get that done,
they’ll retain with us.
Susan: All the customer journey does is ask a different question at the end.
The funnel says, how much money did you make? But the customer value
journey asks, how much money did you make and what was their experience?
Currently Target is reimagining all of their business into a customer
experience and they’re turning all of their stores into show rooms. Customers
will go into a physical store and then buy online.
Sonya: Think of the Customer Value Journey (CVJ) as the strategy and the
funnel as the tactic. It’s too expensive to have a funnel for awareness, engage,
etc. As an agency, the CVJ will bring you the right clients and you’ll be able
to help them better because you’ve built an entire process.
Audience Question: When you’re just getting started how do you grow
your team to 6-8 employees?
Jeanna: I have 18 members and they are all contractors. I don’t want
employees. I hire 3 contractors for the same job and give them a test.
Whoever is the best, I hire. My big thing is that you must meet deadlines. If
you miss a deadline, we’re done. When I find people, I pay them more than
they are worth, I give them bonuses, and I give them other goodies to get
them to stay with me long term.
Susan: We look at our team and look for gaps. Then we find other agencies
to white-label the stuff that we don’t want to do.
396
Molly Pittman Ezra Firestone
Co-Founder, Founder & CEO,
TrainMyTrafficPerson.com Smart Marketer
Session Description:
Watch Molly critique this special guest’s Facebook ad strategy from 2018. Then, watch as
she crafts his 2019 strategy LIVE with YOU!
397
Facebook has changed a lot in 2018. Our ad costs went up, reach went down,
and it just feels like everything got more expensive. A lot of this is because of
Facebook’s Cambridge Analytica scandal which made advertisers and users
lose a lot of trust in the social platform.
51% of people don’t trust Facebook. It’s not that Facebook changed because
of the scandal, they changed as a response to the public criticism. To gain
trust back, they changed the algorithm.
There are 3 components that factor into the Facebook algorithm auction:
• Bidding
• For example: Are you bidding for conversions? How much are you
bidding?
• Estimated Action Rate
• How consumers are interacting with your brand on Facebook
• For example, social proof on ads (which is SO important right now)
• Activity on your Facebook page
• Are you interacting with your audience, commenting on posts,
answering messages?
• User Value
• What people are doing after they click on your ad
• How long are they spending on your website?
• Was the customer happy with their shipment time and product?
Now, let’s roast Ezra. You did $20 million in revenue in 2018 for BOOM!.
In 2017:
• You paid $0.77 per click
• You reached over 26 million people
• You spent $4 million dollars
398
In 2018:
• You paid $1.32 per click
• You reached 19 million people
• You spent $3 million dollars
Let’s look at overview numbers to help inform you what actions you
need to take to reach your goals.
What this shows us is that he had trouble with scale. The big optimization for
BOOM! is the ability to scale this spend at a reasonable CPA.
Awareness:
• $1.32 CPC
• 1.8 CTR
399
• Frequency 7.86
These are really good but when we look at your retargeting CTR, it’s 0.87.
This is really low and we can definitely improve it. We need to look at your
audience type and make sure you’re using as many audience types as
possible to increase awareness.
Step 2: Retarget the top 25% of users who spent the most time on the presell
article
• Retarget ads talks about the content in the presell article
• He’s missing 75% of his audience
• Don’t over segment your retargeting audience
• Let’s retarget everyone who read the article in the last 7 days
Step 3: Retarget Ad
• Users who visited your store but didn’t go to the product page
• The audience size is still too small
400
Now, find your top performing ads and ask yourself:
How do we get more scale in 2019? There are 2 main things Ezra needs to
do:
If you want to learn more about the Facebook auction, listen to Ralph Burns
and Molly’s podcast, Perpetual Traffic.
401
Todd Brown
CEO, Marketing Funnel Automation
Session Description:
Join Todd as he covers the seven different ways to optimize a funnel to produce a higher
average order value. Why should you attend? Glad you asked! Plain and simple, you will
walk away with a list of plug and play strategies to make significantly more money from
every new customer sale.
402
What is Average Order Value (AOV)?
• It tells you exactly what you can afford to spend to acquire a customer
403
Hack #2: Increase Offer Quantity
• Create upsells
• Create a downsell for the people who don’t take the upsell
• Increase the number of offers in your campaign
• If somebody has said “no” to TWO OFFERS, take them off of your
campaign
404
Hack #4: Add On Offers
405
Hack #5: Confirmation Page Offers
• If they skip an offer in your funnel, email them 48 hours later and give
them a second chance to buy it
• Send them to a page where there is only the option for the offer (a one-
click page)
406
Hack #7: Post-Sale Credit Offers
• When somebody buys a product for $100 and you have a $500 upgraded
version, go back a few days later and give them the opportunity to apply
the $100 towards the upgraded version
407
Roland Frasier
CEO, WarRoom Mastermind
Session Description:
Good copy can make the difference between a click-through and a click-away. But, finding
great copywriters and coming up with new ways to make similar offers to your audience can
be extremely challenging. In this session we share our no-brainer system that allows you to
create a continual stream of highly engaging messages, proven to convert, without the need
for high-paid, royalty-grabbing copywriting prima-donnas.
408
It takes 21 to 24 different “touches” with a prospect to create a buying
decision (Source: Think with Google). The problem is, even if we use a multi-
touch strategy, it looks like this:
For example, let’s look at a case study of a woman named Stacy looking to
buy a car.
409
There Are 5 Key Micro-Moments In The Buying Process To Own:
410
Must-Know Statistics:
• Mobile searches for “top or best ___ brands” have grown over 95% in the
past 2 years
• Top men’s clothing brands
• Best cold weather clothing brands
• Good luggage brands
• Small decisions are researched on mobile:
• Over 140% growth in searches for “best umbrellas”
• Over 110% growth in searches for “best” travel accessories
• Over 100% growth in searches for “best” toothbrush
• In the past 2 years, mobile searches for “product reviews” have grown
over 35%
• There are 1.5x more mobile searches ending with “to avoid” in the past 2
years
• Cooking oil brands to avoid
• Refrigerators to avoid
• Kitchen trends to avoid
• Tire brands to avoid
411
Take Action!
• Google all “best,” “reviews,” and “avoid” searches for your product or
service
• Use this messaging during the early stages of your customer journey
Must-Know Statistics:
• Mobile searches for “____ for me” have grown over 60% in the past 2
years
• What running shoes are best for me?
• Which dog is right for me?
• Best haircut for me?
• Which credit card is best for me?
• Mobile searches for “____ should I ____” have grown over 65% in the past
2 years
• What should I do today?
• How often should I wash my hair?
• How many credit cards should I have?
412
• What should I make for dinner?
• Mobile searches for “should I” have grown over 65%
• What laptop should I buy?
• Should I buy a house?
• What SPF should I use?
• What should I have for dinner?
• Mobile searches for “do I need” have grown over 65%
• How much do I need to retire
• What size generator do I need
• How much paint do I need
• In the past 2 years, mobile searches for “____ ideas” have grown over
55%
• Bathroom remodel ideas
• Gender reveal ideas
• Graduation party ideas
• Groomsmen gift ideas
• Mobile watch time of YouTube videos with “idea” in the title have
increased over 135% in the past 2 years
• Room decorating ideas
• Halloween costume ideas
• Gift ideas
• Vacation outfit ideas
• Searches containing “____ shopping list” have grown over 150% in the
past 2 years
• New puppy shopping list
• Newborn shopping list
• Apartment shopping list
• BBQ shopping list
• If you added up the time people spend watching “first ride” car videos on
YouTube, it’s equivalent to driving from New York to San Francisco over
45,000 times
Take Action!
413
• Create “for me,” “should I,” “do I need,” “ideas,” “shopping list,” and
“first demo” messaging
• Use this messaging during the early stages of your customer journey
Must-Know Statistics:
• Mobile searches for “under $ ___” have grown by over 170% in the past 2
years
• Cheap luggage sets under $50
• Hotels near me under $100
• Cars under $3,000
Take Action!
414
Micro-Moment #4: “Where Should I Buy It” Moments
Must-Know Statistics:
• There is a 3x increase in mobile searches for “near me” over the past 2
years
• 150% growth in mobile searches for “near me now”
• Food near me now
• Gas station near me now
• Delivery near me open now
• 900% growth in mobile searches for “near me today/tonight”
• Open houses near me today
• Cheap hotels near me tonight
• Movies playing near me today
• 200% growth in mobile searches for “open” + “now” + “near me”
• Restaurants near me open now
• Stores open near me right now
• Pharmacy near me open now
• 500% growth in “near me” mobile searches that contain a variant of “can
I buy” or “to buy” over the last 2 years
415
• 600% growth in mobile searches for dress-related “near me” searches
• Homecoming dresses near me
• Wedding dresses near me
• Evening dresses near me
• Mobile searches starting with “can I” have grown over 85%
• Can I use PayPal on amazon
• Can I buy stamps at Walmart
• Can I buy a seat for my dog on an airplane
• On YouTube, the watch time of “shop with me” videos—where viewers
follow creators as they shop—has increased 1,000% over the past 2 years
• 6x growth in mobile watch time of travel diaries and vlogs in the past 2
years on YouTube
• 120% in mobile searches for “wait times” in the last 2 years
• Mobile searches for “menus” have grown over 55% in the past 2 years
Take Action!
• Create “near me,” “can I,” “shop with,” “open now,” and “wait times”
messaging
• Use this messaging during the late stages of your customer journey
416
Micro-Moment #5: “Am I Getting A Deal” Moments
Must-Know Statistics:
• In the past 2 years, mobile searches for “is ___ worth it” have grown over
80%
• Is life insurance worth it
• Is organic milk worth it
• Is an electric toothbrush worth it
• Watch time of “does it work” videos grew by more than 11x in the past 2
years
• The Low Calorie Diet for Weight Loss: Does it work?
• Does it work? Ice Cream Maker Makes Real Food For Disney Frozen
Queen Elsa and Anna Dolls”
• Mobile searches for “that looks like” grew by over 60% in the past 2 years
• Inexpensive tile that looks like wood
• Honda that looks like Ferrari
• Rock that looks like a diamond
• New furniture that looks like antiques
• Mobile searches for “similar to ___” have grown by 60% in the past 2
417
years
• Shirts similar to untuckit
• Coolers similar to yeti
• Cars similar to Jeep wrangler
Take Action!
• Create “worth it,” “does it work,” “looks like,” and “similar to” messaging
• Use this messaging during the late stages of your customer journey
1. Speak to a need
2. Identify a triggering event
3. Describe positive and negative outcomes
4. Stir and allay their fears
5. Address relationships
6. Be framed in a gain > logic > fear sequence
418
We can put all of the avatar information from The Idea Wheel into a
messaging framework using ScriptSheets:
419
Now, you can integrate data into your ScriptSheet like:
This will show you what to use for your ad set topics and timing. For example,
data for the avatar of a beach property rental company looks like this and the
ad set topics and timing that can be used are shown as well:
420
For example, The Meta-Message Sheet for the sleep-aid product looks like
this:
421
And another looks like this:
422
Next, sequence your messages to maximize conversions. Remember that
gain, then logic, then fear sequences work best. The Spade Multi-Touch
Matrix lets you touch your prospect with 1,728 gain, logic, fear sequences:
423
As you write your message:
424
Dave Rogenmoser Garrett Holmes
Co-Founder & CEO, Director of Content,
Proof DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Dave Rogenmoser, Co-Founder of Proof, and Garrett Holmes as they discuss the
important lessons that Dave learned while growing a Saas company from 0 to over 3000
customers. Learn the critical areas of focus Dave and his team applied to attract their first
customers, and to create a product that goes beyond product market fit. Whether you’re
new to recurring revenue models or a veteran in the space, this is a session you’re not going
to want to miss.
425
Garrett Holmes: You’re on a mission to make the Internet delightfully human.
What does that mean?
DR: Our 2 co-founders really care about people and we love software. We’ve
been frustrated as marketers and wanted to treat each customer uniquely.
DR: Four years ago we came to T&C, it was myself, my friend, and no clients.
I learned a lot of what to do at T&C, built up this company base to 15
clients and had 6-7 employees. At the time, we were optimizing websites,
getting traffic to the sites, and then converting more leads. We ended up
transitioning into a coaching service—teaching people instead of doing it
for them. Eventually we got tired of that, too. We weren’t crazy about the
industry and we felt like we were losing out to a lot of companies who were
honestly just scams. We thought, what if we created more transparency on
our client’s websites?
Two years ago we launched Proof at T&C and our conversion went from 19%
to 42% and we were like, “Wow, something is here.” We initially planned to
use this to sell our courses but then we realized this strategy was the product.
GH: Did you give it to other clients or friends to see if it worked for
them too?
DR: Yes, we knew 4 or 5 people who ran webinars and we tested it with them.
We knew they would have a lot of traffic so we knew it was a good test. We
found great results with all of them and we decided to host a webinar to pre-
launch it. We told people about it, told them it wasn’t ready for 2 months,
but if you pay $997 you’ll get first access. We sold about 40 of those and this
426
validated the idea to us.
GH: Why did you decide to apply for Y-Combinator and go the funding
route?
GH: You applied to Y-Combinator twice and were turned down the first
time. Tell me about that experience.
DR: At my interview, they asked me, “Hey this is cool, but how do you turn
this into a billion dollar company? How are you disrupting Shopify?” And at
the time I was working on setting up Stripe. I wasn’t ready. They told us to
come back in 6 months. We grew to $65,000 in MRR within those months and
were lucky enough that the revenue spoke for itself. That time we got in.
DR: One of the biggest things was the scale. I was sitting down with the
former Head of Airbnb and he was saying, “I can see how this becomes a $10
billion dollar company but I don’t see how it can get bigger than that.” It was
an interesting bar to hit because it challenged the lens I was looking through.
Also, building for the customer is huge.
GH: It’s better to have 100 customers who love you, then one million
customers who like you. What makes you say this?
DR: A million customers that like you isn’t going to scale you to the billion
dollar mark. There’s going to be high churn and you’re not going to get
brand ambassadors. If you study these really successful companies, they
started with this hyper-niche of super engaged customers.
427
DR: Exactly. For example, Reddit had this strategy and Facebook did as well.
Facebook started as a social platform for Harvard college kids and then it
blew up into this massive platform.
We are social proof marketing software. So, online marketers. In many ways
we could have expanded but now we own this space. Now we’re asking
ourselves, “How do we go into the next concentric circle of experience-based
software and become the best at it?”
GH: Tell me more about the business lessons you’ve learned in the past
few years, I’m going to mention 4. The first is to, “Find a technical co-
founder who can write code.”
DR: Almost all SaaS companies have a technical co-founder. Rarely do you
hear them say they outsourced their way to success. You need them on your
team, especially because this person will just care and others will clock out
at 5:00 and work on it later. If the co-founder’s working on it, they will get it
done.
GH: The second is, “Don’t worry about going huge, be #1 in a specific
niche.”
DR: It comes back to the concentric circles. You need a big vision, but your
strategy needs to be small. You need to know the customer you are trying to
serve.
DR: We were at T&C 2 years ago and realized there were like 50 people who
influence the marketing space. I thought, if we can get it on their websites
it can probably scale from there. We gave equity to 2 people who could
network us to those influencers that we got about 48 of the 50 people in the
first 4 months. The company just went wild from there.
Even as we’re thinking about launching this next product, I’m asking the same
question of the SaaS world.
428
GH: Last one, “Get 10 users who totally love you by being customer-
obsessed.”
DR: I think it’s really easy to be money-obsessed. We even fell into this
and only focused on MRR. But we had to shift. You need to be customer-
obsessed. One thing we changed was having everyone in our company work
on customer support, which includes me and the other co-founders. We call
them support power hours. We need everyone in the company to have the
ethos. At the end of the day, we work for our customers.
GH: You’re talking about using your website as a funnel, what do you
mean?
DR: This was a hard lesson for me to learn. We used to create the most
complex funnels ever to sell our courses but for software it didn’t work the
same way. We started to drive traffic straight to our home page and look
at it as the free trial being our funnel. We still have some lead magnets and
we retarget people, but I started to ask other SaaS companies, was this was
the best strategy? For the most part, you can run traffic to that and it works
profitably. Especially for Proof, that’s a low price product, you don’t have to
do anything crazy.
DR: We have a new shift in our funnel. Let me explain. When people come to
our website, they watch a free demo. Then, we ask them what industry they
are in. Depending on their answer, we personalize the rest of the website and
the funnel for that industry. For example, the SaaS demo page is all around
SaaS and the email address is already filled in. If somebody clicks off, the next
time they come on our website we say, “Welcome back” and give them an
offer to sign up for a free trial instead of watching the demo video, because
we know they have already watched it.
DR: MRR is a lifesaver. Once you get that base, you are free to do whatever
you want. And MRR compounds. When you don’t have to worry about
making payroll, you can focus on the bigger picture.
429
GH: What’s your strategy to decrease churn?
DR: For us, churn has been a struggle. We’re trying to create better reporting
to show our customers that it’s working. We’re also trying to work with bigger
customers because they’re always moving, always growing and there’s always
a chance for more.
GH: If you could go back to the start of Proof knowing what you know
now, what would you do differently?
DR: I feel like a lot of software people are just really lucky. For us, it was the
same. We had the right product at the right time. I think going back, we
would have been more customer-obsessed from the beginning. I also built
the company faster than I should have. I stopped working on the product and
I was focused on building the company. It got to this point where I was so far
away from the product I didn’t even know what it did anymore or what the
customers were saying about it. Our shift now is to flatten the company back
out, we all do everything.
430
Julie Solomon Brendon Burchard
Founder, Host of HPX Podcast,
Empower You, Inc. The Burchard Group
Session Description:
In this session, two power house influencers come together to explain how they’re dominating
the influencer space with their podcasts and social media channels. Brendon Burchard
interviews Julie Solomon, host of The Influencer Podcast and founder of EmpowerYou and
has her spill her secrets on getting six-figure brand partnerships, launching a podcast, and
Instagram must-do’s to double your engagement.
431
Brendon Burchard: What is your brand and what do you do?
Julie Solomon: When I think about my brand in terms of the journey that
I’ve been on so far, it really has been about getting to know me and asking
myself, “How do I get up and serve through the highest version of myself?”
I was a book publicist for over a decade and I worked with some incredible
people. I found my way to Los Angeles, got married, was pregnant, and I
realized I really needed to get out and meet people. So I looked around
and asked myself, “How do people meet people in Los Angeles?” I did
what everyone does when they move to LA and started a blog. I was able to
monetize the blog pretty efficiently. I had 10,000 followers and was landing
$70,000 in partnerships.
This is when I asked myself the question of how I was going to serve people.
What was it that I really wanted to be doing? I wanted to connect with people
in a powerful way that was true to me. I realized that influencers didn’t know
how to work with brands and that’s why they weren’t able to get the deals
that I was and I knew exactly what to do.
BB: There are 2 ways to approach brands, you can make a pitch or start
a conversation. Without the conversation, you’re in trouble. I used to
read all of the press releases from a company and highlight everything
the CEO said about their goals. Then, I would reach out to the company
and use those exact words to start the conversation. The CEOs would
say, “This is EXACTLY what we want right now!” and I acted like it was a
total coincidence.
JS: That’s exactly what I did. In each PR release, there is the text “for
immediate release.” I went through top influencers at the time and Googled
“for immediate release _____.” For example, “for immediate release Dave
Ramsey.” This would lead me to the PR release and I got all of the PR
contacts for those influencers. Then, I emailed all of those contacts and that’s
how I got my first 20 interviews in NYC and my first PR job.
BB: I want to follow up with what you said earlier about your blog.
What’s a lifestyle blog and how do you monetize it?
JS: When you think of lifestyle marketing, there’s no better example than the
432
Kardashians. They’ve built an entire enterprise off of their lives. What lifestyle
bloggers are doing is sharing their lifestyle through their unique lens, for
example, as a mom, as a food blogger, as a travel blogger, etc.
BB: What was the lens of your blog and how did you make money?
BB: Let’s say you’re a mommy blogger and you want to get a brand deal
with Target. How does that deal work?
JS: You have to know what the goal of the company is, in this case, Target.
The first question to ask is, “Who is your audience and how does it connect
with Target’s audience?” This makes sure that when you pitch them you’re
coming from a place of service where you can say, “Here’s what I can provide
for you, how can we make this work for both of us?”
I landed a $250,000 brand deal by realizing that they didn’t want me, they
wanted media. I pitched a few media companies to find 1 that would be
interested in covering the story that the brand wanted to tell and found the
one that said yes. When the media outlet said yes, I went to the brand and
said, “Here’s an opportunity, do you want to be a part of it?” and I landed
that deal.
BB: Tell us 3 things you know about your audience that makes them want
to buy from you.
JS: Her name is Olivia. She’s from Atlanta, Georgia. She’s 28 years old,
engaged and started out in marketing. After doing this, she felt like she
needed to have more in her life and chase her own dreams. She left her
corporate job and started to become an entrepreneur. For her, that meant
becoming an influencer. She wanted to engage and create change in the
world and serve in a way that is connective and creates a positive community.
She didn’t know how she was going to do it but she knew she had to show
up and start serving. She started looking for education and came across
The Influencer Podcast (my podcast). I give her the tactical advice and the
433
mindset shifts she needs to become the influencer she wants to.
It’s been amazing to walk alongside Olivia, see her invest in my programs and
step into her own uniqueness. She loves to do videos on how to make certain
foods…
My goal at the end of the day is to have Olivia be able to think and serve
herself so she doesn’t need me anymore.
BB: How many of you can say THAT about your audience? Let’s talk
about your podcast. How do you launch a podcast and grow it?
JS: When I launched my podcast, I was so burnt out with the way I was
working that I needed something to get my creative juices flowing again. I
was throwing so much spaghetti at the wall and I was exhausted—but what
was more exhausting was the thought of doing nothing. That’s when I knew
that I needed something that let me redirect my energy a bit.
Podcasts have a very low barrier of entry and a small overhead. I needed a
laptop, a $100 microphone, and a quiet room.
I batched 6 episodes with guests and aired them all at once. I publish a
weekly episode every Wednesday. Three months after we started, I found 2
repetitive comments. I don’t have time to listen to a 45-minute episode, and I
would like your unique perspective on topics, instead of just the guest’s.
We kept the 45-minute episodes the same and kept the guests. We added
a subseries to The Influencer Podcast called Influencer Insights that is 10
minutes of tactical strategy from me published every Monday morning. With
the launch of Influencer Insights, we tripled my podcast downloads.
I tell all listeners to take a screenshot of the episode and tag me on their
Instagram story with their biggest takeaway. Then, I repost that Instagram
story on my profile and this does so well.
434
JS: Everyone freaks out about the algorithm but if the algorithm isn’t working
for you, your content isn’t working for your audience. I stopped posting on
my Instagram feed completely (and to this day I post 1-2 times a month).
However, I am publishing to Instagram stories, every single day. When I
started doing this, my engagement doubled from 2.3% to 4.4%. I think the
reason this works is because my audience really likes Instagram stories. I know
this because I surveyed them and asked them what they prefer (on Instagram
stories).
When you look at a platform, look at the different ways you can use the
platform that works for your audience. Let go of the idea that you have to do
things a certain way.
435
Ben Kniffen
Co-Founder & President, LinkedSelling
Session Description:
LinkedIn can feel like the new frontier of online advertising, but it’s far more effective than
you may think. Join Ben as he breaks down his 3-pillar method for creating and optimizing
LinkedIn ad campaigns that will start driving leads and appointments today.
436
Why should you be advertising on LinkedIn?
• Conversion Tracking
• Matched Audiences (AKA Retargeting)
• Sponsored InMail
• Lead Gen Forms
• Advanced Demographic Filters
• Website Demographics
• Expanded Video Ad Products
• Expanded Image Options (Carousel)
• Dynamic Ads
• Advanced Tracking Features Native to the Platform
• Interest Targeting
Before getting into the Ads System, follow these two steps:
437
The Report To Appointment Funnel Campaign:
In the RTA funnel, you want to offer a phone call as quickly as possible and
market directly to your avatar. Keep your lead form driving to your website.
Don’t have it send users to a third-party webpage. Make it frictionless by
having it pre-populated based off of a user’s LinkedIn information and use
drop down menus to fill in the other information.
438
Benchmarks:
439
Make sure to tailor to your avatars and use video for the sponsored post. It
works best because a direct-to-appointment is a big ask. Prospects resonate
better with a person over an image.
The copy on your ad should follow the format of, “Do you fit this profile and
do you have this problem?”
• For example, “Do you own a marketing agency and are you spending too
much on Facebook ads?”
An example of the lead form for the DTA funnel looks like this:
440
Benchmarks:
1. Sponsored InMail
2. Dynamic Ads
441
This is a good route for smaller audiences. An example of InMail looks like
this:
Benchmarks:
442
• It costs about $50 for a warm lead and $100 for a cold lead
The key to making LinkedIn ads work is implementing all three of these pillars
at the same time.
443
Perry Belcher
Founder, Rival Brands
Session Description:
Those who tell the stories rule the world.” Perry has been telling stories in copy for years,
selling over $400,000,000 in goods and service online alone with his unique brand or
copywriting. In this session he’ll show how it works, why it works, and reveal the simple
system you can follow to duplicate his success in your business.
444
“Those who tell the stories rule the world.”
When asked who would people rather have rule the world, 37% said Queen
Elizabeth and 63% said J.K. Rowling. Why? Because she’s good at telling
stories.
The number 1 reason stories work in our mind is because they create a
temporary suspension of belief. Your conscious mind turns off and your
unconscious mind receives information without arguing. You can’t argue with
a story. You can believe it or not believe it, but you can’t argue with the actual
story.
The biggest takeaway from stories is that nothing is interesting in the world
other than trouble. When you’re on social media showing pictures of your
hotel suite you are much less interesting than if you show pictures of your
broken leg.
People want to see problems and then they want to see you solve them (and
savvy marketers solve them with products).
You have to bring customers into the scene. An interesting trick to bring
people into a story is to start it in the middle of a sentence as if the reader
just interrupted a conversation. This grabs the reader and yanks them into the
scene.
445
How do you set a great scene?
• Date
• Time
• Place
• Senses
• Names
• Colors
The best example of this is country music, or any ballads. They always set the
scene, yanking you into the song. Each verse sets the scene as you progress
through the play. The chorus drives the point home.
Every story moves through a similar story arc. People want to hear how things
went badly and what lesson was learned. Your job is to spin the lesson into
the solution you’re offering.
Iamsdb.com
• Script database
• Download the script, print it out and read it as the movie plays
446
• You’ll start to see how writers create movies
Trello.com
• Storyboard a story out
Hemingwayapp.com
• Tells you where your writing is loose, boring, grammatically incorrect
• Writing needs to be under a fourth-grade level
Naturalreader.com
• Reads your writing back to you in a human voice
Aaron Sorkin
• Masterclass on storytelling
447
Brad Martineau
CEO, Sixth Division
Session Description:
Every entrepreneur wants a system that predictably captures leads and turns them into
prospects, then into clients, and leverages automation to deliver an amazing experience
for their clients. It’s totally possible, IF you can navigate the maze of strategies, tactics, and
tech. Brad Martineau, CEO and Co-Founder of SixthDivision, uncovers just what it takes to
actually get automation in place to build a calm, predictable revenue machine that delivers
your perfect clients.
448
There are three outcomes we want in business:
Businesses focus on the front-end of their business. How can we get our
product in front of people? But that’s a tiny part of the customer journey.
“Do what you do so well that they will want to come again and bring their
friends.”- Walt Disney
The Lego Principle: When you open a Lego box, all of the legos are
organized in bags
The power of your business is in the ability to see the lego bags of your
customer journey. These are your mini journeys.
For example, a thank you page for a lead opt-in can promote an
appointment. The thank you page and your lead opt-in page are the lego
bags, and put together they create the final product (aka your customer
journey).
449
Force Two: Raving Fan Producing Experiences
How you deliver your product matters as much if not more than what you are
delivering.
If customers have to second guess if they are in the right place and doing the
right thing, you’re not giving them the experience that would create a raving
fan.
For example, a dentist (hard product to create raving fans for) toured his
office for a video advertisement to make people more comfortable with
coming to the dentist. He showed the front of his business and then walked
in and introduced his receptionists. When people walk into his practice, his
customer’s already know who he is, trust him, and have already had a good
experience without even walking through the door yet.
If you’re using the automatic client journey right, you should have a bunch
of minions pushing buttons for you. These minions help with the things that
have to get done but don’t produce value.
For example, at Sixth Division, one of our employees has to follow up with
customers when their credit card is about to expire. We created a minion
dispatching easy button that she could press that follows up with customers’
whose credit cards that are about to expire. This saves her half a day per
week.
You can’t get predictability without data. Here’s how to figure out what
reports you need:
450
4. Draw them
• For example, to know what lead sources are converting best, draw it
out in an excel spreadsheet
A parenting solutions business was driving users into a webinar and bringing
them into a program. They had a MailChimp list that was costing $4,000 a
month to keep and promote to. Using decision informing reports, we found
out they were spending $4,000 to produce a fraction of their scales and were
able to allocate the budget to marketing strategies that are working.
To put these four forces into action, use the three laws of building an
automatic client journey:
Law #1: Start Simple and Get Fancy Later (ONLY if necessary)
Most people have an idea, start to implement it, and then get frusterated.
The difference between these people and successful people is the latter
follow this process:
1. Idea
2. Plan
3. Implement
Habitat for Humanity can build a neighborhood in a week because they have
a system. When you can implement a machine, you can move from idea to
implementation in lightning speed. This is your competitive advantage.
451
Each business needs an architect who can create the systems that create an
automatic customer journey. This means the business isn’t relying on one
superstar who gets everything done. If the superstar leaves, the business
continues to run as it was.
452
Ross Andrew Paquette Richard Lindner Kyle Bonnstetter Daniel Matishak
Chairman & CEO, Co-Founder & President, CEO, CEO,
Maropost DigitalMarketer Change That Up Mindable
Session Description:
Every communication with a customer has the potential to enhance your relationship. And
it also has the potential to make each person never want to be your customer again. This
panel will discuss and debate what makes some people become brand loyalists and others
become ex-customers.
453
Richard: What do you see that is working well right now on any
platform?
Kyle: Right out of the gate, everybody wants to make money and they try too
hard sell. But, the most important thing is to build that trust and single out
content, figure out your list, engage with them, and then build from there.
Richard: What are you doing to find out what people are engaging with?
Dan: Surveying is not being used enough. Ask your customers what they want
and if they like the content you are giving them. For Net Promoter scores,
ask them to rate the quality of what you’re delivering. Anything between 1-6
is negative, 7-8 is neutral, 9-10 is a positive response. This is surveyed after a
purchase.
I recommend to ask for a reply back to the very first email you send to
someone (and respond back!).
Kyle: After we’ve identified a customer, we start to segment a list out based
off of the interest we have seen in our emails. Then, we use it to specialize.
454
Dan: I would rather have a much smaller list that is engaged than a huge list
that isn’t engaged. If we have the latter, we don’t hit their inbox, we’re going
to spam. If they haven’t engaged within 30 days, we stop emailing them.
Kyle: If within the first 7 days, they’re not engaged we remove them.
Ross: We’re advocating for this engagement. We’ve identified our top 5
customer groups and we’re targeting them with specific types of messaging
and this is across email, socials, etc.
Richard: How are you seeing brands engage with their database across
platforms?
Ross: We’re seeing some clients creating the same content across every
platform and doing really well and we also see clients that create different
content for platforms that are also doing really well.
Kyle: I think it’s important to limit the amount of touches you have with a
customer. If they are on vacation and come back to a ton of emails from you,
they’re going to unsubscribe. You want to make sure you’re paying attention
to those touches so you have a chance to respond and engage back with
you.
455
Richard: What are you doing to customize the frequency of messages,
aka your “subscribe down” strategy? Does it have to be all messages or
none?
Kyle: Right out of the gate, we’ll ask them how frequently they want to be
reached out to. We have a daily newsletter or they can receive it 3 times a
week. The same goes for the content of the newsletter, people who don’t
want to watch videos shouldn’t get videos.
Dan: It’s also super important to switch up your content. Just make sure to
switch that conversation up so people stay engaged.
Kyle: We personalize our responses back to the customers who reply to our
initial email. By doing this we can identify their likes and dislikes and build on
the content that they are really looking for.
Dan: We have a long survey and based off of the answers of that survey, we
deliver different emails and varied content.
Richard: We decided to make a change in the KPIs we were looking at. We’re
looking at full records over contacts and full records over subscribers for both
prospects and buyers. Now we can put them in high-value segments. All of
our web forms are now a 4-step process. The first step is to have them fill
in their first name, last name, company name, and email. Second, we have
them qualify themselves by if they’re an agency owner, a marketer for another
company, a newbie, business owner, etc. We use graphic icons for this. Third,
we ask for the size of their team. Fourth, we move them into creating a free
account. This has been working incredibly well. We see 83% of the leads who
fill out the first step of the form give us a full record, 75% of the leads create a
full account, and 20% upgrade from a free account to a premium account.
I do believe you should ask your list to opt-in again by asking them different
questions and getting him to segment themselves further so we can show
456
them the exact content they want.
Ross: We’ll send specific content to people who are already on our list by
asking them to put their email in to receive the content, even if they are
already on our list. It creates this relationship of them “getting” something.
Audience Questions: How are you maximizing your inbox rates? Do you
recommend the CEO send emails?
Richard: Have a brand voice so that anyone can speak to it and anybody
can send the “CEO’s” email. We look at our deliverability by IP by ISP. When
we’re talking about segments, we have buyer personas but also ISP. We have
to make sure that we can go in and be somewhat fluid. For us, 86% of our
database is Gmail, so if it goes down a bit, we feel it. If we don’t have the
data to tell us that it was a deliverability problem, our copywriter will think it
was the messaging and then you’re not solving the right problem.
Ross: The big thing is understanding the metrics around it. Most people
don’t know where their email is going. If you’re 99% delivered but it’s going
to the junk folder, that’s not so good. The big element is investing in the tools
that will show you what’s going on and give you that data so you can work
backwards.
Audience Questions: Are you all using Maropost as an email tool and
how satisfied are you?
Ross: With Maropost, the difference is they made it really easy to transfer
the list over to them. Then, they helped me set up the email with brand,
unsubscribe, etc. That was really helpful.
Dan: It’s night and day to have somebody help you and actually explain
to you what to do. With 100% of my revenue coming from email, it’s really
important to have a good tool.
457
Audience Questions: Do you have an email marketing manager that
looks at the data and KPIs?
Dan: Getting inbox right can be the difference between 10-20%, so yes, we
have a dedicated team member to email marketing.
Kyle: We spend the first hour of everyday looking through the statistics of the
last send. The best copy in the world can’t help you if you don’t know your
open rates and deliverability.
Ross: The metrics are such an important piece. If you have an easier way of
looking at those, so you don’t have to hire a full-time employee, figure out
how to do it.
Dan: We have that now. The method that you are using is a little different,
you’re controlling it through an API. For most of our customers, we have the
ability for them to create those content pieces, control the time frame of
it, and change it with time. If you want to do that through the backend, it’s
going live in 2 weeks.
458
Dan Carnat Steven Page
Entrepreneur & Investor Stalco, Inc.
Session Description:
This talk covers a simple, compliant and easy method for ecCommerce brand owners to
eliminate 100% of the duty costs associated with importing products from overseas. Bonus
content: An actionable strategy covering the logistics of selling your products into the
Canadian marketplace and growing your business by 10%.
459
Duty Drawback Program
460
Frequently Asked Questions:
Wait until all of the items have been cleared and shipped to the US, then file
the duty drawback. Sixty days after you’ve filed, you’ll get your drawback.
We pick, pack, and process to make sure that all orders received by 9 a.m.
are on the truck to the US. It takes the truck one hour to get to the Canada/
US border and then all of the boxes are brought to the US carriers (FedEx,
UPS, USPS, etc.) by that afternoon. We are on the same schedule as any US
shipping company so we don’t lose any time by being over the border.
We’ve never had a truck get stopped at the border. We do a truck pre-
clearance and have all of the paperwork completed ahead of time to move
the process as quickly as possible.
Are there any products that can’t use this Duty Drawback Program?
461
Anything you can ship out of the US can cross the border. Every now and then
lithium batteries have different regulations, but this is rare.
Benefits of Canada:
462
• Surprise tax, duty, and customs fees upon delivery
• It’s really easy to avoid this
• Cross border shipping is expensive
• Lack of tracking visibility
• High return and refusal rates (irritated customers and chargebacks)
• Pick up your goods and import your products across the border and
through customs directly to their facility
• Integrate with your CRM to receive order files
• Pick, pack, and ship your goods the same day orders are received
463
Yes, you have to charge sales taxes. Canadians are totally used to paying this
sales tax.
Yes, you can register through telephone or fax machine. You get a registration
number and then you’re set up to collect.
Yes, Canada Post is the dominant carrier for home delivery in Canada.
Generally, what you can sell in the US you can sell in Canada, aside from
Health and Beauty. That is not as easy to ship and sell to Canadian customers
because it has to go through a licensing and registration process. The facility
you work with also has to have a license.
464
Scott Desgrosseilliers Garrett Holmes
CEO, Director of Content,
Wicked Reports DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Scott Desgrosseilliers (DA-GROW-C-A), CEO of Wicked Reports, and Garrett Holmes
as they sit down to discuss some of the biggest insights Scott and his team have pulled
together after analyzing $1.3 Billion in ad spend across Facebook and Google. Arm yourself
with some of the most eye-opening advertising insights of 2019 so that you never walk
blindly into an ad campaign again. If you or your business runs ads on Facebook or Google,
then this session is a must see!
465
You got kicked out of a fantasy baseball draft when you were 15 for
running the numbers on the players. What happened there?
I built a spreadsheet for my baseball coach and at the draft I advised him on
who to bid and not bid on based off of my stats. He ended up winning and
then they banned computers from the draft, haha.
You run The Modern Entrepreneur Podcast. In one episode you said, “I
love to use data to solve puzzles.” What does that mean?
I took The Passion Test a really long time ago when I was irritated with
corporate life. I realized that I love to play games and am really competitive,
but when I dug into it I loved using data to win. That’s just how my brain is
wired. I know a data model and how to apply data to systems and this is what
marketing has moved to, especially with AI.
What was it like to go out and launch Wicked Reports? How did you
build the company and grow it to where it is today?
The idea was, we think women are doing the meal planning and are going
to try to buy the lobsters. From his order time stats, a lot of the buying was
happening Monday at noon. The online behavior was different than offline
behavior. So, we tested our theory that women who like the New England
Patriots and the Red Sox are nostalgic for Maine Lobsters. We ran a campaign
targeting this demographic and waited a few months to see if it worked. At
first, it really didn’t. Three months after our launch he made $10 for every $1
on his campaign.
You’ve said, “The concept of time messes with our version of success.”
466
What does this mean?
The other part is with lifetime value. The compound value of people who are
paying you is pretty astronomical. When you’re trying to break even really
fast, you lose sight of what’s really happening. You get compound gains if you
look at it over a longer time frame.
Our average spend is $40,000 a month but then we have higher paying
clients and lower paying clients. It’s all trends. Things evolve over time and
we can use trends as a guide and then test the results to try to be better than
average as many times as possible. We don’t know if we’ve improved if we
haven’t measured it.
I’m going to give you some statistics and I want your opinion on them.
First one, the average Facebook campaign doesn’t make money and less
than half have a positive ROI over time.
We looked at 30,000 campaigns that we had tracked and less than half of
them ever end up having a positive ROI. This speaks to the fact that we have
to be testing a lot. You have to test different ideas to different parts of the
customer journey and understand it will take time.
You have to take a longer look at the revenue you’re bringing in. You can kill
campaigns if you’re looking at profit numbers too soon.
Adwords campaigns are also much more successful with time, with
earnings per lead growing by 174% by day 16.
467
What we’ve seen is that people tend to make more money per lead on
Google over time. Part of this is that people are searching for a specific
solution versus just scrolling through family pictures on Facebook.
Two reasons, the bottom of the funnel mentioned above and Google’s AI.
Google knows a lot of things about you. They know where you’re browsing,
your email, what you’re watching on YouTube, etc. They’ve made it very
easy with their AI machine learning to act on a smaller amount of signals.
People who hang in there with Google tend to be more profitable due to the
strength of their platform.
I was blown away by this. When targeting gets a hold of a good offer, it can
start to take off because it’s learned all of the different signals that leads a
prospect to be a buyer.
Of all of these crazy statistics, what are some of the biggest conclusions
you’ve drawn?
Measuring what works in a way that you can verify really matters. Facebook
and Google are both going to take full credit for conversions and it’s your job
to figure out who really created that conversion. These platforms aren’t built
to scale your marketing across multi-channels. They are trying to get you to
scale on their platforms only. For example, you need to measure your CRM
too.
Also, the intent of your marketing determines how you should track things. If
you’re trying to find new leads that buy, the way to measure this is by asking,
“What got them in my CRM the very first time?” Because that’s how you got
the lead. Then, you talk to them in different ways depending on where they
are in the journey.
468
I think the theme of T&C next year will be AI. It’s here. The big brands are
using AI to compete with their competitors. Google says AI is winning over
half of the time already without any customization. That’s already better than
a coin flip. The only way for it to get smarter is with data and so...it’s only
going to get better.
If AI has the right training, it’s better at certain things. If it’s a repeatable thing
you have to watch all the time, it’s better. If you have to look at targeting and
relationships, it’s better. It’s not better at offers or knowing how to speak to
someone based on where they are in your funnel.
The marketing of the future is you getting great at strategies, then uploading
that to the machine and letting it determine the rest for you.
It’s very personal to your business and your buyer’s cycle. If you have a 30-day
cycle and you run ads for a week, then you have to keep going. If those ads
aren’t getting any leads in 7 days, then it’s a dud. But if it’s not, then you have
to let it run through its cycle to see if it’s working.
What was the biggest acquisition win for Wicked Reports in 2018?
What is something you’ll never do again that you learned from 2018?
469
Where is the first place to start if you can’t get a positive ROI on
Facebook or Google?
It depends on 2 factors: how much you’re spending and how many sales a
month you get. Let’s say you spend $10,000 a month and you get 2 sales a
day. The first thing I would do is (shocker) put tracking in place. The second
thing I would do is split test strategically based off of where people are in the
customer funnel.
470
Dave Hollis Brendon Burchard
CEO, Host of HPX Podcast,
The Hollis Co. The Burchard Group
Session Description:
Dave Hollis left his job as the Head of Sales at Disney to work with his wife Rachel Hollis,
best-selling author of Girl, Wash Your Face. In the past eighteen months they have sold out
products, stages, and created a seven-figure documentary that is available on Amazon.
Here’s what’s working for Dave in business right now, what’s not working, and how he and
Rachel have created a healthy collaborative business relationship.
471
Tell us how you decided to leave your job as an executive at Disney and
go all in on your wife, Rachel Hollis’ brand?
At the same time, my wife had spent fifteen years of time building something
that would have her at the tipping point at what would become the past
eighteen months of our life.
I had this existential crisis that allowed me to come in and partner with her.
Her creative vision is what has fueled all of this, and I took over the operations
of the business. Of course, it was scary because I was asking myself, “What is
my why?” If you’re not waking up on fire for the thing that you’re marketing,
you’ll get to a point where it’s not worth doing what you need to do.
It took us a year to sell 800 tickets initially and we just sold a 7,000 person
stadium in two and a half hours. We’ve always had confidence in the product,
the vision, and the why.
We’re still working through it, and it’s been ten months. Each month is better
and better. It’s never been bad, but it’s been a learning experience. There
were fifteen years of sweat equity that had been put into this from Rachel,
and the decision to give away that CEO position is not easy. We are taking off
because of the hard work Rachel has put in and she is entirely the reason for
this success.
I also come from a corporate background, and I’m used to having people
immediately fix things and have an informed recommendation of what to do
472
to solve any problems. Now our team of twenty-two doesn’t have the benefit
of analysts or all of these extra people. I initially walked in thinking that what
had worked in the corporate world would work in this one. That wasn’t even
close to true.
Here, I have to learn how to do every single thing. I’m unlearning twenty
years of muscle memory. If you’re operating in a business and you can’t do
every job of every employee, that is where you are going to have problems in
your business.
We went out to celebrate on the night that Girl, Wash Your Face sold a
million copies, and we went to our favorite restaurant. At that dinner, we were
having a real-time business problem with decisions that I had made about
sourcing product for our journals. Our journals were all messed up in how
they were getting shipped to customers. We processed that conversation
while a waiter was asking us what we wanted for dinner. Our willingness to
disrupt celebration for the benefit of fixing a problem, maturely and directly,
is what is making our brand work so well.
You just wrote your first book, where did the idea come from?
473
strangers on the regular all in the hope of helping somebody.
The difference in how I step into this space is as a person who is struggling to
figure this out, not the person who has it all figured out. It’s the authenticity of
running a business with my wife, raising our kids, and doing it publicly.
What’s something that you feel like is working really well for you?
We finished last year with 90 days of free content. Social posts, Facebook
Lives, podcasts, etc. We knew that coming to the new year we were bringing
the documentary to movie theaters to give the feeling of what it was like to
be at the live event. Driving people to that experience was an ask from her
fan base all based off of a campaign we ran all year: New Year, Do You.
It was not intentional that after the credits we showed a free coaching session
from Rachel. We had 9,000 students sign up for our first coaching session. In
the coaching we talked about her upcoming conference. The conference sold
out. Stack, stack, stack, stack.
Every interaction you have with your customers is like going to the bank,
either you’re depositing or withdrawing. You want to have the largest equity
with the customer that you can have.
We’re struggling right now to turn off. The things we said yes to 18 months
ago are reflected in our calendar right now. We operated out of a scarcity
mentality and we rushed into a lot of deals we wouldn’t agree to now. We are
in a completely different mindset now with how we evaluate who we want to
be in partnerships with.
474
What are two things you’d tell somebody who is about to build a new
brand?
The first is, if you’re not asking “How can I create a relationship that is value
centered?” you will not be valued and they will not be your customer. On our
podcast, we have five episodes for the first five chapters of Girl, Wash Your
Face. For people who can’t afford the journal, we have Rachel explain exactly
how to use it so they can use any piece of paper to do the same journal
practices.
If you are delivering value on the regular, your customer will associate value
with you—and it’s going to take time. It took her fifteen years to get this
much support.
The second is, the biggest mistake you can make is deciding what somebody
else is teaching you is exactly what you need in your business. That’s not true.
You know what’s best in your business. Take the things that you’ve learned
that will work for your community.
475
Rachel Hollis
Founder & CCO, The Hollis Co.
Session Description:
In her Day Two Closing Keynote, New York Times Bestselling author of Girl, Wash Your Face
talks about the five lessons that would have catalyzed the growth of her business and helped
her find peace of mind as she was at the start of her entrepreneurial journey. She’ll talk about
the reason she’s asked to give closing keynote speeches now and give the truth as to why
you’re not the one on that stage (yet!).
476
If you’re not where you want to be, it’s because you’re not ready.
The truth is, I wasn’t ready to be a published, successful author. I couldn’t pull
off what I am now. Even though I still feel like I’m building an airplane as it’s
flying through the air, I’m much more prepared and capable of building this
airplane now than I was a decade ago.
If you don’t have the success that you want, it’s simply because you aren’t
ready for it yet. And it’s not a bad thing. There is power in not being ready...
yet.
Yet is the promise. Yet means something can happen. Yet means that you
can take the tools that you’ve learned at T&C and make something special
happen. But first, you have to change your mindset and understand that it will
take time. And if you’re not okay with it taking time, then you don’t deserve
to be successful.
You need at least 2 years to build whatever it is that you want to build. If you
have the patience to live through these 2 years and to grow yourself into the
person who CAN handle the success, you’ll be one of the people who make
it.
Every single problem in a business is the result of the person at the top,
either because you don’t have the skills or knowledge to get the company to
the next level or you put people in a position of power that are not the right
fit.
I never wanted to admit that I didn’t know what I was doing when it came
to business. For the longest time, I hovered right underneath a one million
dollar revenue because I was scared. There is a psychology behind why we
hover at big money milestones. We feel like we’re not enough to be the
person that makes that much money.
477
We all have our own brand of not enough. I usually speak to women and
women really live in this feeling of not enough, but guys have it to. We come
up with our version of not enough and use it as the reason for why we’re not
where we want to be.
I quit and figured out, the way to learn how to run a business today is to go
online and attend conferences. Find every free or inexpensive resource that
will teach you everything that you want to know. I’ll talk more about this later.
I hate the term “Fake it until you make it.” There are so many people
obsessing over their Instagram followers. I promise you, you are obsessing
over influencers who have one million followers and are totally broke. Your
followers don’t mean anything. What you can do with followers means
something.
It doesn’t matter if you have the largest platform in the world, if you can’t do
anything with it then you’re broke.
If you want to be successful, you have to keep your eyes on your own paper.
Stop looking at what she is doing or what they are doing. We keep thinking
we need to do what everyone else is doing but it not only confuses us—
it distracts us from what’s working in our business because we’re so busy
focused on what is working for everybody else.
478
If your social platforms aren’t scaling, there is a simple solution. Stop making
content that is centered around you and start making content centered
around your customer. When I flipped my business in this way, everything
exploded. Now every piece of content that I make is directly for her (my
customer avatar).
For example, I posted a picture of my stretch marks in 2015 and it went viral.
Why? That picture was posted so that my customer avatar felt seen. She’s a
mom, she has stretch marks and now—because of me—she felt seen. And
she wasn’t the only one.
Our customer’s don’t care that we are launching a new product. They care
about how we are serving them. How do I make this for them? How do I serve
them? How do I show up for them?
Jab, jab, jab x 150 and then right hook. What’s the right hook? Find the
question that you have been asked 25+ times and then create a product
around it.
It’s not who you know, it’s what you know and how badly you want to
know it.
Why am I on this stage instead of the others who want to be in my place? I’m
on this stage because I wanted it more. I can’t tell you how many times life
has kicked the crap out of me in the last fifteen years and yet, I’m still here.
Every single thing that I know, I taught myself using free books and Google
search. Still, to this day, I know that I can figure anything out and… I will
ALWAYS figure it out. I have never taken a writing class. I learned to write by
reading other people’s work and being willing to suck along the way. Most of
you won’t try to learn new things because you’re afraid you’re going to suck.
Well, you are going to suck. Every time you try something new you’re going
to be awful. Do you have so much pride that you’re not willing to be awful?
Last year my company grew by 500%. All from a girl with a high school
diploma.
479
“Be so good, they can’t ignore you.” —Steve Martin
Eight years ago, I told myself “Put your head down and do the work.” I put
my head down and I kept coming back again and again no matter how much
life kicked me back down.
I realized that the only thing that couldn’t be taken away from me is my effort
to learn what I needed to know and my willingness to work for it. Everything
you want to do exists on the Internet for free. Your ignorance is a choice.
You know what to do, you just don’t want to do it because it’s hard. But guess
what? If you want to live a life that is bigger, better, and more impactful than
other people, you’re going to have to do the grunt work in a way that they
won’t.
This is not easy work. We aren’t trying to build something small. You are
going to fail again, and again, and again. And you are going to stand back up
because the difference between where you are and where you want to be is
your willingness to keep fighting for it.
480
Chris Mercer
Co-Founder, MeasurementMarketing.io
Session Description:
Not a numbers person? We get it! But, knowing your numbers is still a must for any marketer.
Fortunately, there are shortcuts you can take. Join Mercer from MeasurementMarketing.
io, for this interactive, easy-to-follow session and leave knowing exactly which numbers
you must know and how to use them to really move the needle! You’ll never look at your
numbers the same way again...
481
The Measurement Marketing Framework
• When you know the numbers from your reports, you can begin to forecast
• Instead of saying, “I’m going to make $10,000 next week,” You can say,
“Here is how I am going to make $10,000 next week.”
• Measure actual traffic to see if you hit your goals or not and what you can
do to hit them/increase your next goal
• For example, the goal of $10,000 in a week
Here’s the truth about numbers: they don’t actually matter. Here’s the
truth about people: they don’t matter either. What matters to you as a
measurement marketer is one thing: behaviors.
482
Behaviors can be:
• Measured
• Predicted
• Forecasted
• Optimized
There are 2 types of numbers to focus on (and you need to have both):
Result Numbers:
How Numbers:
When you combine these numbers you get something special...A STORY!
Your numbers desperately want to tell you a story. What does your story give
you? The answers you need.
The 1st number is “The Steering Wheel.” It’s the number of times you can
make a decision to improve your business.
• How many times do you ask your numbers for their story?
• This sounds weird, but your company is communicating to you through
these numbers
• If you listen, you’ll hear the story ;)
• This number tells you if you should turn the steering wheel left or right
• What direction do you need to go to in order to reach your goals?
483
• Be prepared, some stories are great…but other stories are disappointing
• As long as the story is useful, you’re getting what you want from your
numbers
• If you want to feel confused, frustrated and overwhelmed, swan-dive into
your analytics without a question
• If you DON’T want to feel like this, go in with a question first
• This makes the stories more simple and obvious
• For example, “How many purchases did I have last week and how did
the breakdown of my funnel work?”
The 2nd number is “The Success Ticket.” It’s the number of different ways
you can get your win (woo hoo!).
484
• Total: $7,100
• You’re not going to meet your goal BUT you can create more paths to
success that help you reach it
• Ask yourself, “What other paths of success can I add to each funnel to
help me hit the $10,000 mark?”
• Funnel A: $5,500 x 40% = $2,200
• Ask yourself, “How do I get from $3,000 to $5,500?
• Funnel B: $3,500 x 80% = $2,800
• Funnel C: $9,000 x 60% = $5,400
• Total: $10,400
• This forces you to think about your company and the actions you can take
to get results in a completely new way
The opt-in rate for 1,000 viewers is 25%. Of those 25%, 10% take the offer.
And of those 10%, 20% purchase. This gives us a conversion rate of 0.5%.
485
What’s the KPI here (what number needs the most help)? The 20%
purchase.
Let’s say we’re able to bump the conversion rate up to 2%. Now what do we
do? Go scale!...no. We ask, why is this working?
This audience should be 25-35% on the opt-in, but we only have 10%. We
need to widen up our opt-in because we’re missing a lot of leads there.
486
Now, we have something that we can scale because our “needy” number is
the amount of traffic we’re bringing in. If we bring in more traffic, we know
exactly what is going to happen and what our conversion rate will be.
• It’s how you get to the goal you are looking to reach
• There are 3 segments to this number:
• Aware › People know who you are
• Engage › People like you
• Close › People trust you
• Measure out what each segment means for you by behavior
• What is a behavior that somebody who knew about my brand would
leave behind?
• What is the behavior somebody who likes me would leave behind?
• What is the behavior somebody who trusts me would leave behind?
• Now you can forecast out what is going to happen next week
487
One of the main benefits of Facebook Analytics can be used with this
number. For example, an awareness behavior would be people coming on to
a Facebook page. Now, use Tag Manager to tag anybody who lands on your
page and stays on the page for 10 seconds. Have Tag Manager tell Facebook
that they need to be considered segmented as “exposed.” Anybody who
stays on the page for longer than 10 seconds gets segmented into “aware.”
If these users scroll down to the halfway point of the landing page within X
amount of minutes (so we know they aren’t skimming, they’re reading and
thinking about what they’re seeing) they are now segmented as “engaged.”
These are the people we want to retarget to.
Then, they become a lead and then, they can become buyers.
Facebook Analytics can tell you how the funnel did and tell you the
conversion rate.
488
6th Number: The Seedling
The 6th number is “The Seedling.” This is how much it costs to “grow” a
customer (also can be called your CPA).
• How much did you spend divided by how many people purchased is how
much it costs you to “grow” a customer.
In Google Analytics, you can use a custom dimension. When a user becomes
a lead, we log that as Day 0 and then track the velocity of return throughout
our interaction with them.
Let’s assume it costs us $15,000 to get the below result. Is it a good result or
a bad result?
Even though it’s profitable, we have to risk our money in Facebook’s hands for
60 days before we get our money back.
489
If we spent $5,000 to get the same result, is this a good buy? Yes, because
we only give Facebook our money for 30 days instead sixty.
490
Bonus Number: The Leash
Let’s say you have a Facebook to Google to purchase path. Each platform
is going to tell you they were the one that created the purchase, which will
make you double up on how many purchases you actually had.
The fix for this is to measure each platform’s goal. For example, Facebook’s
goal may be to create awareness, not closing. But Google’s will be to make
the final close.
Now you can adjust the attribution window depending on the job of the
platform. For example, it doesn’t take 28 days for you to get awareness via
Facebook, so you can narrow down the attribution to 7 days and get the
correct number.
Let your numbers tell you the story of your pipeline so you can plan, build,
report, forecast, and optimize your customer journey.
491
Natasha Takahashi
Co-Founder & CMO, School of Bots
Session Description:
More than 2 billion messages are exchanged on Facebook Messenger between businesses
and users every single month. If you aren’t taking advantage of Messenger as a communication,
marketing, and sales channel for your business, you’re missing out big-time. Co-founder
Natasha Takahashi will share the 6-step Messenger bot campaign formula that has generated
predictable, consistent results for 90+ clients (including a $48,000 product launch in 14 days
with a bot and no paid ads.) You’ll be ready to create a high-converting chatbot campaign
IMMEDIATELY and walk away with an actionable formula for your business.
492
There are 1.4 billion users on Facebook Messenger, and 2 billion messages
are sent between businesses and Facebook users every month.
An entry point is all of the places that prospects can opt-in to receive
messages from your Chatbot.
• Users comment under the Facebook post to receive a message from that
Facebook page
• As a marketer or business, make sure you are explicitly telling users they
will receive a message from your page if they comment below
• This is part of Facebook’s policy
493
Users Can Be Messaged as Part of Your Existing List
• If the user is already on your email list, they can be uploaded to Facebook
and nurtured through Messenger
• Use this as a way to reengage users with offers the same way you would
send an email to an email list
• The widget/plugin lives in the bottom left or right corner of your website
• It delivers an automated message to website users
• It will notify a customer support associate if the user asks a question too
complicated for the chatbot to answer
• Gives the user the option to send a transcription of the conversation
Step Three: Capture Additional Contact Details
You don’t own your Messenger list so it’s very important to control as many
touch points as possible. Bots can be shut down and you would lose access
to the list you’ve spent time and money building (no!!!).
494
• Motivate them to give you their email address by giving them:
• A gift or freebie
• Saying, “In order to sign up for freebie X, I need your email address so
I can send you it.”
• Get their phone number (if it’s useful for you)
• Get them to segment themselves
• For example, a real estate company wants to know “Do you want to
buy a home or sell a home?”
• Tools like Zapier will send that information to your email marketing
platform of choice, CRM and SMS text platform
Offer an exclusive piece of content and then place a “share” button for them
to share the content with their friends.
495
they can only receive 4 promotional messages
• You can send non-promotional messages with freebies, content, etc.
• If they continue to ignore the chatbot (even if they opened the message),
Facebook stops you from messaging them
496
Michael King
Founder, LASIK Marketing Agency
Session Description:
Michael King gives a behind the scenes look at the simple 5-step full funnel strategy his
agency used to increase one client’s overall conversions by 79%. You’ll also learn how you
can take this strategy to create your own predictable traffic system so you too can land more
high-ticket retainer clients.
497
The most important thing you can do for your clients is to create a
predictable way to get sales. We do this by looking at the FULL customer
journey so we can better convert prospects into cash.
Let’s say we were going to go on a fishing trip. The 5 steps of the fishing
trip would be to:
• Plan the trip: Plan how you are going to bring the customer through the
journey
• Get the gear: Get your conversion assets ready so you can get the fish in
the boat
• Hire a guide: Hire experts in areas that you aren’t
• Catch a fish: Create the offer
• Process the fish: Process prospects to get them to opt-in/make an
appointment/come in for a consultation/etc.
In this session, we’re going to use the case study of a Lasik eye surgery
business.
Planning your fishing trip in the marketing world is equal to researching your
customer avatar and learning everything you’ll need to successfully “catch”
them in the wild (aka Google).
498
Must Use Tools for Researching Your Customer Avatar:
Now, we can figure out what the customer avatar is searching for. For
example, how often are people searching for “Lasik” and what keywords are
associated with it? In this case, the most commonly searched term was “Lasik
cost.”
Useful Tools:
SEMRush.com
• Use the Keyword Magic Tool to see data about the top 25% searches of
“Lasik”
• This tells you exactly what your customer is searching for
• Now you can tailor ads, landing page(s), and content around that search
term
HotJar.com or TruConversion.com
• Use heat mapping to see how opt-ins are performing
• In this case, the opt-in is a form that tells website users how much it costs
for them to get Lasik surgery
499
Buzzsumo.com and Answerthepublic.com
• Can also be used to find out what people are searching for related to your
topic
The gear of the online marketing world is your website and everything that
it gives and tells a user. Make sure to use Google Tag Manager to track the
analytics of your website.
For example, the bait for the Lasik surgery website is a 60-second self ran test
that tells people if they are a candidate for Lasik eye surgery. Directly after
the test, we ask the user, “Which of these options is holding you back from
coming in for a consultation?”
Depending on their answer, we’ll show them a video that follows up with that
particular concern.
For the pricing opt-in mentioned in the above section, we have users fill out
a form with their first name, last name, and phone number to receive their
pricing information.
• Think of the customer service representative as the net that you keep
around to help get the fish in the boat when you’re having trouble pulling
it by the hook
Whatever you’re doing to enable opt-ins should have a thank you video.
Below the video give the lead an opportunity to access more information.
500
• For example, “Ultimate Guide to Lasik Eye Surgery” or competitor
comparisons that include reviews, pricing, and the technology used
Who has the ability to produce a result in something you’re not good at?
For example:
• PPC ads
• Copywriting
• Funnel design
Our Partners:
Websavy.com
• Website development and design
Getyouwired.com
• InfusionSoft service
501
Suggested Data Collection Resource:
Datastudio Reports
• See the different conversion assets and how they are performing
For example:
When you know these numbers, you know where to push. You don’t leave
anything on the table for the competition.
Look inside of Auction Insights to see how your competitors are ranking and
performing in comparison to you.
502
4. Test Ad Formatting Tests
• This gives Google the opportunity to test and optimize the ad copy for
you
This is where the majority of agencies stop their work and this is where they
lose their money. The advantage of focusing on 1 niche is that you’re able
to follow through the entire journey and become a master of this customer
avatar.
Get 5-star reviews when the customer is the most euphoric about the
product. For example, the first week after their Lasik eye surgery. Those
reviews then feed back into your Customer Value Journey and help you
continue to get more leads.
503
Sally Hogshead
CEO, How To Fascinate
Session Description:
A few years ago, Sally was flat broke and struggling to pay the mortgage. But then, she
discovered the $5,000 word. Once you know this one word, you can fascinate anyone,
anywhere.
504
How do people see you as an individual and your company as a brand?
Words change perceived value because they define what makes you different.
Traffic and conversions are meaningless if you don’t first fascinate the
audience. To have a long-term customer relationship you need to fascinate
them.
For example, the liquor brand Jägermeister. They were making the mistake
of trying to be better instead of different. We made a focus group to see how
the consumer saw Jägermeister as being different than other liquors. We
found that Jägermeister wasn’t selling on the basis of price, convenience, or
taste. It wins in difference by being a toxic experience.
If you can identify the one word that makes you and your business
exponentially more valuable than the others, you can position all of your
branding around that word.
What’s the thing in you that gets people to want to work with you more
than anything?
Polarize and attract your ideal customer. For example, I used to position
myself as branding. Now, I position myself as fascinating, and my speaking
fee has increased by $5,000 without changing anything else about my
business.
505
Words That Are Not Fascinating:
• Unique
• Trusted
• Authentic
1. Innovation
2. Passion
3. Power
4. Prestige
5. Trust
6. Mystique
7. Alert
The adjectives in this archetype are what you use to brand yourself. Those are
your $5,000 words.
506
For example, Ryan Deiss is a Maestro:
• He is ambitious
• He is focused
• He is confident
This archetype is what brands you as an individual and your company. It’s
what allows you to charge more for the same products.
507
Brett Curry
CEO, OMG Commerce
Session Description:
Learn how to scale with YouTube ads that give you brand lift and increase product sales
now. Uncover new Google Shopping hacks to give you greater reach and higher returns.
And harness next-level remarking tactics to immediately convert more sales. If you aren’t
leveraging these 3 super powers, you’re leaving money on the table.
508
Super Power #1: Achieving Scale with YouTube
The key to scaling on YouTube is having the right video, the right audience,
and the right campaign. This is part of your top of the funnel strategy.
Start by telling the viewer they’re going about the problem (that your product
solves) wrong. Or you can talk about how competing products have missed
the mark. You’re not blaming the consumer, you’re blaming an external
source for their pain point.
To get customers who aren’t customers, ask them a lot of questions and make
their answers sound more natural through the edit.
509
1. Testimonial opens as the hook
2. Transition into a product demo
3. Testimonial close with a call to action
This is a mini-infomercial that can be extremely effective. For this demo, you
don’t need to use every element of the template. Just use the elements that
fit your brand.
510
Key to Scaling on YouTube #2: The Right Audience
On YouTube, who can you target? We can build searches off of keywords that
people have searched on Google.
You can take somebody who searched for “best mattress” on Google and
target them with a YouTube Ad for your mattresses.
What if you could target visitors that visited your competitor’s website? The
closest option is the custom affinity audience.
511
Here’s how to do this:
512
Key to Scaling on YouTube #3: The Right Campaign Structure
The best campaign type for cold audiences and retargeted audiences is the
TrueView for Action Campaign.
513
This campaign allows for target CPA bidding.
Super Power #2: Maximizing Reach & Returns With Search &
Shopping Ads
Search: What if you could get feedback on your copy from machine learning?
This is a Responsive Search Ad. Put 15 sets of copy into Google’s Responsive
Search Ad platform and Google with mix and match based on someone’s
search query and build the best ad for them.
514
It looks like this:
515
• 2 (90) character descriptions instead of 1
• Same extensions
And in comparison, ETAs are doing better than Responsive Search Ads. They
currently have:
1. Better CTRs
2. Higher Search Impression Share
You can use these as ads to go higher in the funnel than other shopping ads.
516
• They can shop through the category and stay on Google
• Only when they click on a product do they go to your website
Top Secret Google Shopping Hack! The Maximize Clicks Bidding Hack:
• The beauty of an ad is that you can change the copy to push the offer
you’re promoting right now
• Running a branded search campaign gives you control of the message
517
Reason 2: Keep Competitors At Bay
518
Reason 4: See Brand Lift (Brand Search Campaign)
Now, what do we do with people who viewed an ad for 30 seconds but didn’t
click on the website?
519
Campaign #2: This is the Viewed Video Campaign
Gmail remarketing ads look like a regular email. If you click the ad, they look
like this:
520
Add the best performing video ads to these campaigns.
The results:
• 356 conversions
• $17.20 CPC
This is for customers who have bought a product but not the complementary
product that goes with it. For example, they bought a guitar and not a guitar
case.
521
Amanda Powell
Acquisitions Manager, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
2018 was the year where everything changed on paid media and when DigitalMarketer
FINALLY took organic seriously. As a team, we made several decisions last year we knew
would destroy our organic and paid traffic (like site redesigns, large scale redirects, and
slashing our paid budget). After some major restructuring, we’re now seeing continued
growth in organic trials and traffic, and our paid campaigns are more stable and relevant
than they’ve ever been (at a fraction of the cost). In this session, Amanda will give you an
in-depth look into what we are doing, and why it’s working.
522
One year ago, DigitalMarketer hired me on to redesign, optimize and make
the Google bots fall in love with our website. We had to do a lot to get
DigitalMarketer’s SEO where it is today.
Our biggest takeaway from all of these successes was a pattern that kept
showing up, over and over again. Organic traffic and paid traffic were linked
to each other and paid traffic was helping our organic reach.
When we’re talking about SEO, organic and paid acquisition are partners. If
you’re running a Google Ad for a keyword that is not ranking organically and
the user clicks on your website, you just created brand awareness. Let’s say
the same user Googles something related to the next day and organically
finds your website. They choose to click on your website because of
yesterday’s experience.
In order to fix the organic traffic problems DM initially had when I was first
hired, we had to accept that first we’d need to fail. Our SEO was going to
tank and we were going to lose some of that traffic temporarily to gain more
in the future.
523
Here’s what we did.
Step #1: Reindex Landing Pages and Post 1 Blog Article Per
Week
We needed customers to see what we sold but we also needed the SEO bots
to let us show them by ranking us on the search pages. So we started posting
1 blog post a week to boost SEO-friendly content.
Our rankings for organic traffic started to go down as we reduced the amount
of blog posts we were publishing, but it was a slow fix not a quick fix.
For example, our blog didn’t have a blog folder. It was a segment in Google
Analytics with fifty different exclusions. For six months, our main focus was
restructuring all of the URLs for every blog published on DM (over 600) and
putting them into the blog folder.
Google, not liking change, decreased our SEO even further but again—we
knew it was a marathon, not a sprint.
We kept our pace, knowing that we had a long way ahead, and thought that
everything was going pretty well. Then, a month and a half later we found out
that the website had reverted from HTTPS to HTTP, essentially duplicating
itself as the HTTP version. Now we had 3 problems:
• We had 2 websites
524
• Google doesn’t like duplicate websites
• Our traffic was split between the 2 websites
In hindsight, I easily could have solved this problem right away using the tool
DeepCrawl. It’s my favorite tool for technical SEO—it crawls your website,
feeds you all of the URLs on your website, and gives you a list of any pages
with a 400 error, meta descriptions, title tags, etc. Because our site launch
went off without a hitch, I had thought we were fine. I was only crawling the
HTTPS version of our website, assuming that the HTTP version didn’t exist. I
easily could have clicked on the option to let me crawl HTTP just to check. Let
me learn this lesson for you...always crawl the HTTPS and HTTP just in case.
Once we situated this problem, the website crashed and the cache crashed 2
weeks later, slowing down our website. On top of that, we got a notification
from Google Search Console that Google was going to start indexing with
the Mobile First Update (instead of indexing desktop versions of websites, it’s
only ranking mobile versions of websites). Everything had to be optimized for
mobile immediately.
Eventually we got out of our SEO storm, with time and patience, and our SEO
improved from an E to a C! It was happening, we were finally moving up.
Now that our organic traffic was set, we needed to pair it with our paid traffic
strategy.
While Google tried to figure out where we re-ranked in the SEO results, we
needed to increase our brand awareness, audience growth, and lead growth.
• More trials
• More Certified Partners
• Audience growth
525
• Grow audience with expanded geo-targeting
• Awareness growth
• More leads
• Expanded audience
We turned every lead magnet into a blog post so people didn’t need to give
us their email to get value from the DigitalMarketer website. Then, we started
working with the video team and we started to brand our ads. Our new
website had colors, fonts, a recognizable tone of voice. Our copywriter put
the same voice in sales promotions.
526
We used to see 1,000-2,000 paid sessions a day coming from our Facebook
ads. Now we see 500,000. We had 188 paid sessions in 6 months from one of
our videos. That’s 50% of our paid traffic coming to our website. We now get
to pixel and nurture an audience of new users.
Our core market is the US, UK, Australia, and Canada because our products
are in English only (for now). We thought, if we want more trials and Certified
Partners, let’s just expand to more countries to grow our audience so
more people see our Facebook ads and get more trials (our main KPI at
DigitalMarketer).
We failed miserably and learned that we needed to show our ads to the right
audience or else we weren’t getting qualified leads. Our ad money was going
to people who had absolutely no intention of purchasing from us. So we went
back to our original audience.
This increased our conversion rates and we saw a drop in CPC even though
we were spending less money on paid media. This is what happens when
your paid media starts to coincide with your organic traffic.
527
Our ads started to get more social proof which increased our relevance
score. Facebook started to optimize our ads and we started to get a better
conversion rate.
We learned more about our audience and created a website and marketing
strategy that served them, and that’s what changed everything.
528
Mike Arce
Founder & CEO, Loud Rumor
Session Description:
We’ve all heard that it’s much more costly to get new clients than it is to retain existing ones.
In this session, CEO of Loud Rumor, Mike Arce is going to show you how to do both with
just 3 moves! After being stuck at $500K in annual revenue for 3 years, Loud Rumor went
from 42 clients to 1,200 clients after making these minor adjustments that had major impact!
529
Three years ago, the retention rate of my agency was 42%. We measured the
percentage of people who opted-in to a fourth month after their required 3
months ended. 42%: That’s not good.
Today, the retention rate is 92%. We’re adding 24 new clients on a monthly
basis and a record of 58 new clients every month.
To try to boost our retention rate, we had to get to know our clients. We
segmented them into 3 categories: “Needs Improvement,” “Doing Good,”
and “Doing Great”:
The Business Guy/Girl: The person who could have owned any business and
would be successful (in our case they just happen to be in fitness)
The Fitness Guy/Girl: The person who was an expert in a product or service
and then decided to create a business off of it
• Very difficult to work with because they don’t understand business and
because they’re an expert they think they know everything
The GSD Guy/Girl: The person that’s really open to learning and doing
whatever you coach him into
530
Business is proven to have a 100% success rate, according to people on
Instagram. Off of Instagram, the truth is that fewer than 4% of businesses
reach $1M in annual revenue:
The people that hire us are statistically expected to fail every day (and not
because they were short a Facebook ad). Most business owners don’t know
how to recruit, hire, fire, develop, train, etc. and they end up having cash flow
issues.
Initially, we decided to just stop working with the Fitness Guy/Girl. In terms of
business, it made sense. They were getting poor results because they didn’t
want to put the work into getting good results or learning about business.
The problem was, that didn’t align with our mission of helping fitness studios
dramatically improve their lives, grow their business, and be more successful
than they have ever dreamed.
Instead of not working with the Fitness Guy/Girl we decided to really get to
know our clients and find a way to teach them how to be successful.
531
• Found out as much about them as possible
• Documented what worked
• You start to catch patterns that are working
• Encouraged them to lead our community
• We’ll talk about this in Step #3
• Built real friendships
We needed the clients to know how much we cared and how much we could
help. We created Loud Rumor Training and this is what dramatically increased
our retention rate. At Loud Rumor Training, we teach:
1. Sales
2. Marketing
3. PR
4. HR
5. Retention
6. HR/Recruiting
7. Financials
8. Advertising
532
In order to move on to the next part of the training, they have to take a quiz
and pass. If they fail the quiz, they get to try again. If they fail twice, they have
to watch the video again and then they get 2 more chances to pass the quiz.
The process repeats.
We were still struggling with the Fitness Guy/Girl client. We equate them
to acting like teenagers. They think they know everything and they’re only
motivated to do whatever the cool kids are doing.
We had to make learning cool by showing them that the “cool kids” were
taking these trainings and learning. We started highlighting the “cool kid”
clients who were participating in our training and getting results because of it.
533
This opened up great opportunities for me and 2 things happened:
A bonus benefit? I was able to train my team with all of this as well and it
plays in my office all the time.
I know this seems like a lot of work, but like fat loss pills that don’t work, there
is no such thing as a quick solve.
The reality is that this is a lot of work but because it’s a lot of work, I don’t
have any competition around me.
The good news is that the work gets easier once Step 3 kicks in.
How many of you have a Facebook group for your clients? I wish I had started
mine sooner.
534
I no longer have to be the guy that teaches everything, I just had to create
the community and let them teach each other.
It all comes down to caring. I’ve been blessed with coaches that care and
I know how good it feels to have them in your corner. To have a business
partnership that wants you to succeed and will give you the resources to do
so is such a motivator to reach for those big KPIs.
Key Takeaways:
1. Build relationships with your best clients and learn about them
2. Create incredibly valuable resources and deliver regularly
3. Build a community so the resources compound with you
535
Dean Graziosi
Founder, Dean Enterprises
Session Description:
Selling without selling is a three step process of hook, story, and close. In this session, Dean
Graziosi explains how this strategy is getting him 800+ front-end orders a day and has led
to 500,000 sold book in 18 months.
536
There are 3 steps to a successful selling strategy that creates 800+ front-end
orders a day.
#1: Hook: What are you saying to get people to stop and listen?
• How did the experience you mentioned in your hook create the product
and how is it the solution to the pain points of your viewer?
• Overcome the objections to buying the product
*Bridge*
• This is the part between the story and the close when you ask permission
to sell the viewer something
#3: Close:
My advice to marketers:
Film more ads
• Go deeper in your campaigns
• Be as real and authentic as you can
• Obsess on marketing even deeper than you already are
• Get around high-level people
537
Dustin Deno
SVP of Sales, Maropost
Session Description:
The time for simplifying has arrived. We’re all thinking it. We all know it. Our customers are
demanding it – often screaming about it, sometimes going social with it, and less frequently
letting us know when we fail at it. Customer engagement doesn’t have to be complicated. It
can be quite simple. Start with the customer. Dustin Deno, Senior Vice President of Sales for
Maropost, will discuss the challenges on the quest for streamlining customer engagement,
and most importantly, offer up a few key things that you can do today to simplify customer
engagement – beginning with the customer. In doing so, you’ll deliver your customers an
unmatched customer experience.
538
Customer engagement is complicated. The tools designed to make
engagement easier aren’t necessarily doing their job and they’re not
integrating to give marketers a 360-degree view of their consumers’ data on
1 platform.
The demand for a connected experience is increasing and the time for
personalization is here. How do we keep all of our consumer data connected
so we can deliver to our customers based on where they are in the Customer
Value Journey (CVJ)?
If the tools aren’t integrated, having them on 1 platform isn’t enough. The
convenience of having them on 1 platform will be helpful but if they don’t
connect, the data you need to fulfill the CVJ isn’t available.
Maropost is solving the 360 consumer review by building our platform tool by
tool. This ensures each tool is totally integrated with the others and creates
unified customer data so you can see all of their information in 1 place:
• Customer information
• Lifetime value
• Orders
• Touch points across multiple channels
This is the replenishment economy, the economy that drives value and
creates conversions
Product Demo:
539
Let’s say we have a customer named Abbie. She’s a die-hard consumer of
beauty products. She visited the website of a beauty brand 2 days ago, put
stuff in her cart, and then clicked off. Using Maropost, the beauty brand was
able to send her an abandoned cart email and if Abbie clicks it, she’ll see her
order form filled out and ready to make a purchase.
• The emails in this series are sent when Abbie is the most likely to open
them
• Each email is sent to the consumer during their peak email usage time
In this case, the replenishment for the product is 39-40 days after the initial
purchase. We have an email that goes out on Day 37 and the branding,
aesthetic and feel are consistent with the brand. She can quickly make her
purchase and get re-routed to the familiar order form.
Maropost for commerce and marketing allows you to get KPIs and analytics in
one place.
Yes, we are GDPR compliant. At the customer level, you can pull in attributes
to Maropost based off of other tools you’ve been using.
Audience Questions: Do you only integrate your data with your own
store or data from other stores like Amazon or Shopify?
Yes. You can see the journey of a segment of consumers or the personalized
journey of specific customers to see returns and cancellations.
540
Audience Questions: What kind of engagement from social platforms is
pulled and added to data?
Yes.
Yes, of course. Pricing incentives are deal by deal. How we show our value
is by having an ROI conversation with a business. For example, what is your
email deliverability rate? We can increase that by 25% for you which means
that Maropost just paid for itself.
541
Ashley Ward
Digital Marketing Strategist, Madhouse Marketing
Session Description:
You have your strategy, a decent budget, and great content, yet your social media isn’t
converting at the rate you’d like it to. You’re missing the mark with social media, but you just
don’t know where. This session will walk you through a proper social media audit designed
to see where you’re missing conversions and how you can act fast to adjust your social
strategies.
542
The Social Media Audit
A social media audit is solely built on your research efforts, which means it’s
time for an Excel Sheet. Sprout Social has a free downloadable Excel Sheet
that works well for social media data. I personally customized the one below
to add the measurements that Sprout Social’s Excel Sheet missed.
• A What
• A Why
A cute goal for social media is: I want to increase my engagement from
March to April
A realistic goal for social media is: I want to receive at least 150
engagements on each Instagram post, posting once a day for 30 days
543
More examples:
A cute goal for social media is: I want Facebook to be the primary website
traffic source in April
A realistic goal for social media is: I want to increase traffic from Facebook
by 25% by posting two posts with links a day for the month
• Social Media
• Google Analytics
• Conversion Math
Metric 2: Content
544
• What kind of content are you sharing?
• Are you using text, images, video, links?
• Are you sharing only originally curated content or industry news?
Content Tools:
• Buzzsumo
• Agorapulse
Metric 3: Timing
Instagram and Facebook Analytics tell you when your audience is most
engaged. This timing is important but following industry standard studies,
which can be found on Sprout Social, will help you post at the right time and
on the right day for your demographic.
Timing Tools:
• Manual Count (Look at your content and see what times/days are
performing the best)
545
• Social Media Page Insights
• Industry Studies for days/times
Metric 4: Audience
Your social media audience should match the people who visit and convert
on your website.
546
To get these metrics, you can go to your social media insights and then
use the below tools to bring your data into Google Analytics to review your
audience report.
Audience Tools:
Metric 5: Listening
It’s really important to know what people are saying about your brand/
business—whether it’s positive, negative, or criticism. Listening isn’t just to
hear complaints, it’s so you can respond and address the problem.
Listening Tools:
• Mention
• Tweetdeck
• Brandwatch
Metric 6: Competitors
Competitor research is not just a brand strategy, it’s a social media strategy.
Every company has a public profile, so their social media strategy is totally
547
attainable (for free!). BUT, you have to take it with a grain of salt. You don’t
have to do exactly what they are doing.
Competitor Tools:
• Likealyzer
• Buzzsumo
• Phlanx (Instagram)
• SEMrush
Metric 7: Numbers
This is the metric most commonly associated with social media. BUT, be very
aware that follower counts don’t mean anything when it comes to profit.
548
• How many comments are your posts getting?
• How much website traffic are you getting?
• How many likes/shares are you getting?
Number Tools:
• SEMrush
• Hootsuite
• TweetReach
• Google Analytics
SEO is controversial when we talk about social media because, well, does
social media really affect your SEO? It does if it’s driving traffic to your
website.
549
• Am I driving traffic to the right pages?
• Is social media a primary traffic driver?
Install social media pixels on your website and compare with Google
Analytics. This is also important to compare your bounce rate. If traffic isn’t
staying on your website, there is something not aligned with your messaging
from your social media posts to your website page.
Website Tools:
Metric 9: Branding
• Terminology to use
• Terminology to avoid
• Acceptable ways to say the company’s name
• Mission statements
• Visual marketing guidelines
• PR rules
550
Metric 10: Management
Management Review:
551
Key Takeaways: The Top Secrets, Goodies, and Tweets
• If you find that quarter to quarter a specific social media network is not
getting you close to your goals and you’re not getting the engagement
you need—drop the network and focus efforts toward where you are
getting close to your goals
Make sure you’re not posting only your own curated content but also posting
earned, shared, owned, and influenced content from others in your industry.
552
Audit Your Competitors as You Audit Yourself
Social media goals can be measured based on monetary values, but first, you
have to break it down into 4 rates to get the economic value:
553
JJ Virgin Karl Krummenacher
Founder, Mindshare Collaborative CEO,
and JJ Virgin & Associates Mindshare Collaborative
Over the past 20+ years, JJ Virgin has built a media empire, been a regular on the national
shows including Dr. Phil, Dr. Oz & TLC’s Freaky Eaters, had her own line of products sold
online and on home shopping, and written 4 New York Times best-sellers. She has also built
an amazing community called the Mindshare Collaborative in the health and wellness space.
In this session JJ and Mindshare CEO Karl Krummenacher, break down for you the most
successful and impactful strategies that they are using to continue to build and grow highly
engaged, wildly profitable communities.
554
There Are 5 Essential Steps to Build an 8-Figure Personal Brand Business
Your big idea probably isn’t going to come to you when you’re sitting at your
desk forcing it.
To get noticed, become the contrarian. When you come out with these ideas,
you’ll know you made it when:
1. Some people will think you’re a genius and they’ll take it as their idea
2. People will start talking about it, forget where it came from, and it
becomes part of the zeitgeist
For JJ, this was the food intolerance diet, “The foods you are eating every
day trying to be healthy could actually be hurting you and causing you to
gain weight.”
For Dave Asprey, this is, “Toxin-free coffee with butter and MCT oil is a
health food.”
Tom O’Bryan talks about gluten intolerance in his book The Autoimmune Fix.
• Write a book
• TedX talk/PBS
• Television
555
• Start a group
• Or be on the board of a group
• Work with celebrities
• These don’t have to be A-level celebrities, you can work with local
celebrities or “celebrities” within your niche
Hang out where your audience does. You don’t have to be in all of these
places, find the top places that your audience hangs out and create content
for that platform.
• Podcasts
• Have your own podcast and use it to collaborate with others in your
industry
• Be a guest on other podcasts
• Online summits
• You don’t have to be the author of the content, just the curator of the
content
• This aggregates the other speakers’ audiences and helps grow your
audience
• Docuseries
• Medium.com
• Use this writer’s publication to grow your email list and create content
around your topic of choice
• Instagram
• Facebook
• Promote people into a private group
• Blogs
• YouTube
• Stages
• Online programs
• MasterClasses, docuseries, summits
556
• Coaching
• Work one-on-one to start your brand and build into a packaged
program
• Get testimonials from all clients
• Books
• Have books lead to a higher-tier product
• Place links within the book that go to your other offers
• Products
• Retreats
• Spokesperson
• Speaking
• Affiliate marketing
• Membership
• Training programs, personalized programs, member subscription boxes
• Professional training
Partnering with other influencers grows your community. In return, you help
grow theirs and both of you get authority from being associated with each
other.
557
Frank Kern
Founder, Frank Kern Inc.
Session Description:
The average consumer sees 3,500 advertisements per day and most of them have the same
overarching messaging. As marketers, we have the opportunity to be the outlier by not using
this messaging. This is Intent Based Branding and it’s how Frank Kern has made $700,000 in
three months using Facebook has his platform.
558
The average consumer sees 3,500 advertisements per day. The overarching
message of these ads is:
The average prospect needs to see your brand 100 times before they buy.
We need to say the same things over and over again on social media to build
a brand and create conversions.
If you start a brand with the intention of selling stuff while building the brand,
you can sell a lot of stuff.
Step 1: Content
The people who are watching your content aren’t watching it because of you.
They are watching it for themselves because they want something out of it.
559
• The marketplace has to like you, because if they don’t like you, they’re not
going to buy anything from you
An Offer
Each piece of content needs to provide value, build goodwill, and make an
offer at the same time.
Step 2: Assets
Within markets, there are some people who are ready to buy and some who
aren’t. The biggest portion of your market are in the latter: they are thinking
about buying.
Essentially, we need to educate these customers and build trust and desire.
We need to keep offering our product so when they are ready to purchase,
it’s easy access.
The marketer that gets the consumer when they are thinking about buying
the product is the marketer that gets the conversion when the consumer is
ready to make the purchase.
Step 3: Ads
Sales and marketing are 2 totally different animals. A sales process is the
process by which somebody becomes a customer. The role of marketing is
different. The function of marketing is to cause someone to know you, like
560
you, trust you, and want your stuff before they walk into your metaphorical
store.
When I say to make an offer every day in your marketing, I’m talking about
casual offers. For example, within 8 minutes of content, I’ll make an offer 4
times.
“Hi my name is X and I’m going to be talking about Y, but before I forget
-OFFER-.”
“And by the way, you can go to my website and get the product.”
“If you’re serious, I have the product and you can get it here.”
561
Perry Belcher
Founder, Rival Brands
Session Description:
If we learned anything in 2018 it is the power of what Wall Street calls alignment, or what
we call partnerships and joint ventures. Sit in and see how we raised millions in capital, took
profits off the table and partnered with three industry giants to explode our growth. Plus,
you’ll get the simple K.W.T.W. formula for making big boy partnerships a reality.
562
There are 2 kinds of people in business: the architect and the builder. The
architect has the vision and the builder makes it happen. If you don’t have
a builder in your business, hire them. It will change your life if you have a
trusted builder in your business.
Apple:
• Architect: Steve Jobs
• Builder: Steve Wozniak
Microsoft:
• Architect: Bill Gates
• Builder: Paul Allen
Disney:
• Architect: Walt Disney
• Builder: Roy Disney
As the architect, I figure out the next breakthrough to help us climb. It’s my
builders’ job to make sure we don’t slip down the mountain while we make
the ascent.
• Genius
• Million Dollar Ideas
• Growth Hacker
• Brings The Heat
• If you’re baking a cake, the builder has the ingredients and the
architect brings the heat that bakes the cake
• Spotlight driven
• Saviors
563
• Hate details
• Bore easily
• Calm
• Share success
• Incremental
• Responsible
• Love stability
• Revenues 2x
• Love details
• Lack big vision
The key is NOT to partner with someone like you and find the people and
companies who have the thing that you’re missing.
This year, we sold a vast majority of Traffic & Conversion Summit to Clarion
Events, owned by Blackstone.
They have sponsors and capital because they own a bunch of complementary
conferences. So, they bought T&C so they could put their sponsors at more
events.
564
What did we need from them?
Cash. We knew that we couldn’t make this any bigger alone without massive
capital.
In our War Room Mastermind, this happens all the time. About 40% of War
Room Members are in partnership with each other.
You have to get in rooms with the people you want to partner with:
You have to know what your potential partner’s need is so you can show them
how you’re going to solve that problem for them.
You get to set the value on you. Know your value when you walk in the room.
If you’re going to split a nickel, give your partner 3 cents every time. When
they come out slightly better than you, it becomes a better deal.
You’re not going to get everything that you need to get it done all by
yourself.
565
Sonya Keenan Garrett Holmes
CEO, Director of Content,
Omni Channel Media Group DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Sonya Keenan and Garrett Holmes as they discuss the idea of implementation paralysis,
the invisible force that keeps us from turning ideas into action and knowing where to start.
Moving forward in your business requires more than simply setting goals. It requires a
comprehensive look at how you’re prioritizing those goals and what steps it will take to reach
them. Learn from Sonya on how to overcome implementation paralysis and start focusing on
what matters most.
566
Garrett Holmes: You say, “Passion comes from authenticity and the
ability to connect with customers online.” Can you talk about that?
SK: Yes, a couple of times. I’ve had a couple of businesses where I had
partners who were in front of the scenes and I was behind the scenes. And
when I look back, I didn’t put that extra bit into it because it wasn’t my
passion. And worse yet, when they’re also not passionate, the business
doesn’t do well.
SK: If you leave T&C and don’t apply anything you’ve learned within a
week, you have implementation paralysis. I’ve been there. There is so much
information and we don’t have the knowledge to apply it. That’s why you’re in
the right place.
You need knowledge, you need a way to curate it and you need to stay
accountable to turn that knowledge into action. You have to set goals and
targets that are measurable. Email me and tell me the one thing you are
going to do by the end of next week and I will contact you and ask you, “Did
you do that thing?”
567
From there, I was always getting contacted by people in Australia who were
DigitalMarketer Lab members but they didn’t have the money to afford
my consultation and they didn’t even have data to see why they weren’t
succeeding. Then, I would find that the majority of people hadn’t taken the
certification courses or programs. That’s when I realized that people needed
to be pushed.
GH: What are some ways of prioritizing the ideas to move on first?
Set up a way to curate your learning. This grid does that and sets it up for
yourself.
GH: What’s the 1 thing you’re going to do after you leave T&C for your
business?
SK: We’re in full launch mode for our event in August. For me, the biggest
thing I’ve taken away is from Ryan’s Day 1 session about community. We don’t
have a dedicated community manager, and we’re closing in on 1,000 people.
When I get back home, I’ll move 1 of my employees to this role. I already
know who I want to promote to it.
Also, his talk about the “dumb questions” is totally true. I’m sick of talking
about implementation paralysis, but I have to remember that for some
people, this is the first time they’ve ever heard of it.
GH: You recently helped a business grow by 3x. What did you do to
create this growth?
568
They had consistent sales but they were spending all of their money to get
those sales. They didn’t know what part of their funnel was working. I started
working with them and the first thing we did was the CVJ.
Immediately we realized that their Tripwire was a $400 purchase and their
core offer was a $15/month Facebook group. We changed the dynamic of the
business to drive people to the core offer instead of the Tripwire.
Second, we went through all of their campaigns and found the 1 campaign
that was working. Over that period, we’ve gotten them 5,000 new sign-ups
with $500 in Facebook ads.
GH: Do you have any other success stories with clients that stick out to
you?
SK: They’re all pretty similar. I work with a lot of older people who don’t have
a lot of digital sense. They have something that’s working that could work so
much better. Because they employ me as their coach, I have to keep them
accountable. I don’t actually do anything. I just tell them what to do and
keep them accountable to it. For example, creating a seasonal calendar and
putting it on an Excel sheet. Go in and pack out your calendar with all of the
things you know are going to happen, like Black Friday and Christmas, and
plan for them.
SK: Every strategy needs measurements. If it doesn’t have them, it’s just a
dream. Those measures have to be specific. Who’s doing what, with who,
when? You have to be accountable and you can’t be accountable if you don’t
know those 3 things. If you don’t hit your targets, that’s okay, but know why
you didn’t hit them.
GH: What are some ways we can kick off implementation across our
company?
569
SK: It circles back to what we started with and that’s passion. Your team has
to buy into your movement long before your customers do. Explain to them
what it is going on. If you’re at T&C and they’re not, they haven’t drunk the
Kool-Aid. Explain to them your experience and the big takeaways and how it
affects your business and how it impacts them. Do you need to change their
roles? Do you need to certify your team? Do they even want to be certified?
This is for VA’s in the Philippines or someone working next to you in your
garage.
GH: Switching gears here, but some things in our business benefit on
being automated. How do we balance automation and human to human
interaction in our business?
SK: It’s changing for me. I’m an Infusionsoft Certified Partner but I’ve stepped
back from it quite a bit now. Our sales processes and carts are automated,
but if you fill out my contact form, I’ll be the one responding. That’s because I
believe in the human to human. We buy from humans.
GH: What’s 1 big marketing win that you brought in 2018 that you’ll be
bringing into 2019?
SK: We had our event that was a massive success. We were on the run during
the event and that could be fixed, but the value of the event was there. The
community was there. When I stood on the stage and looked at 700 people, I
saw a community of people that want help. Community is the Number 1 thing
we created in 2018, and we’ll double down on it in 2019.
SK: Taking on a client that I should have said no to. Within the first call, I
knew that I had made a huge mistake but I struggled through 3 calls. At the
570
end of the 3 calls, I told her that “I’m really sorry, but I’m not the right fit,
and I’m going to refund you your money.” Then, 3 months later, I did the
same thing. I’ve learned the lesson but it’s hard, you don’t want to say no to
people.
The only time that I make mistakes like this are when I’m not listening to my
instincts.
571
Billy Gene Shaw
Founder & CEO, Billy Gene Is Marketing
Session Description:
Join Billy Gene Shaw, Founder and CEO of Billy Gene Is Marketing, to learn how to create
an effective video ad. One that people want to watch, and more importantly—one that sells.
572
People don’t buy products for one reason: They don’t trust you.
Making your customers fall in love with your brand isn’t luck, it’s science.
Be Polarizing
• This doesn’t mean you have to say mean things and attack people
• All you have to do is tell people how you really feel
• Take a stand for what your customer believes in by defending their heroes
in your ads
573
Part Two: Eliminate Their Guilt
• Give them a fast and low resistance way to get rid of their pain
• For example, “Click the button and I’ll send you some leads for free to
build your trust.”
Music Resources
• AudioJungle.net
• Artlist.io
574
Props
Environment
Dope Footage
575
Roland Frasier
CEO, WarRoom Mastermind
Session Description:
Learn the step-by-step hyper-growth strategies that DigitalMarketer, Google, and Facebook
use to generate tens of thousands of new customers, build highly-effective teams with the
hottest talent, acquire huge catalogs of valuable intellectual property, and leapfrog past
their competition to dominate their niches. In this mind-expanding session, we will break
down exactly how you can do this for your business, and we’ll even open our kimono on 8
additional strategies to implement this with little to no out-of-pocket investment.
576
There are 5 things you can do in your business to grow really fast.
Tap into a businesses network of customers to build your own customer base.
• Dominos partners with Days Inn & Travel Lodge and put Domino’s cards in
each hotel room
• Rolls Royce partners with Country Clubs
• Rolls Royce doesn’t pay them anything, the benefit for the country club
is the experience they can give to their customers
• Casper and West Elm Furniture Company
• They’re the mattresses on all of the beds because West Elm doesn’t
sell mattresses
Increase the value of their business to their customers (like Rolls Royce) or
have a fee to promote it (Dominos), or have a revenue share. You can also
look for companies that are already in these partnerships and make a better
deal for them.
• For example, another mattress company could give West Elm Furniture
Company more revenue share and replace Casper
577
#2: Tap The Curiously Powerful Effect of Butterfly Leverage
Butterfly leverage is all about finding ways to make more money off of one
product or service.
What are all of the ways you can monetize something that you’re doing? Each
time you’re going to do something, look for other opportunities to monetize.
For example, you can turn one event into several events and create a 7-figure
ROI. T&C did this with Richard Branson.
578
• Business Lunch Live Podcast Episode featuring Branson
• Led to 2,372 podcast subscribers
• Put us in the Top 200 Worldwide Charts
• Sold 619 T&C tickets via Sir Richard Branson coupon code
• $330,000 in revenue
• Sold 728 more via speaker announcements
• Every speaker at the show wanted to be identified as sharing the stage
with Richard Branson
• They all emailed their list to show this off
• $720,000 in revenue
The end effect of all of this was an additional $1.5 million dollars.
This allows us to sell one part of our business without losing all of the
momentum we’ve created over the past few years. Essentially, we’re spinning
off of our operation assets and keeping our platform.
For example: T&C sold a domain name, an attendee list, and a trademark
to Clarion Partners. We kept the sponsorship sales company, the media
company (DigitalMarketer), our mastermind (War Room), and our staffing
company (no employees went with the sale of the company).
Our next step in the event world is to partner with Brendon Burchard
to acquire half of his Expert’s Academy. Our leverage was to bring our
sponsorship company, media company, and event staffing to the partnership.
What did we do? Took T&C out of the picture and replaced it with Expert’s
Academy. Next year, we can do the same thing with a different event. It’s not
a formula of selling our eggs but keeping our goose.
579
#4: Scale Most Impactful Activities, Eliminate Least Impactful
Activities, And Verticalize
First think about the kinds of businesses that you have. There are 4 types:
580
When you systemize and analyze what you’re doing like this it helps you make
good decisions around what to focus on for leverage in the future.
• What are the most impactful activities you enjoy right now?
• What least impactful activities can we eliminate?
• What additional vertical can you expand your most impactful activities
into?
581
Step 2: Buy businesses for nothing down.
• Owner carry
• Buy a company for $X if they will carry back the financing and let you
pay it back over time
• You can add the option of giving interest
• Earn-out
• Based on the performance going forward you can get additional
money for the company you sold
• If you’re buying the company it reduces the risk
• Swaps
• Swap stock or assets in one company
• Asset-based lending
• Buy the company but have the company pay for itself through assets
they already have
• Split equity
582
• Self-liquidating payments
• Payment equal to what you know you can make back
• Baseline
• Offer the first $3 million that comes in as the baseline and after you
do your magic, everything on top is split 50/50 and after 3 years if the
50/50 is equal we throw away that baseline
• Pipe wrench
• If you contribute more than 10% of the customers to another company
• Don’t build their brand for them
• Give me equity in your company
Find the multiple for your industry and pivot your business to the highest
multiple possible. Here’s a #V/sales business valuation chart that shows what
multiple your business is:
Which exit multiple creates the greatest exit value? For example,
583
DigitalMarketer’s looks this:
Our multiple went from 0.91 in 2014 to 7.73 just by changing what we did.
584
Dennis Yu Jon Youshaei
Chief Technology Officer, Product Marketing Manager,
BlitzMetrics YouTube
Session Description:
In this session, Jon Youshaei gives us his secret sauce to writing viral articles (with 1.5 million
views) and being Forbes writer. Dennis Yu will teach you how to leverage viral content to
create conversions using live case study.
585
Going viral isn’t something magical that happens one day. The secret to
going viral is using templates that get people to pay attention and pay.
Humans memory is more drawn to specific experience over data. If you were
going to convince somebody about how good the apples are in an orchard,
would you:
Talk about how many meters of rainfall fell last year and the fertility of the
soil?
Or would you pick 1 apple, explain how it tastes, and then tell them that
there are thousands of more apples just like it in the orchard.
Have you ever been in an Uber and the driver tries to sell you something?
I was in an Uber a few months ago with a driver named Gavin. He was selling
jewelry in his Uber and it turns out that he’s not just selling it in his car. He
employees other Uber drivers to sell his jewelry in their cars too, he has a
fleet of Ubers selling his products. If his salespeople are doing well in their
Ubers, he upgrades them to have better cars so they have more luxurious
“showrooms.”
I wrote an article for Forbes on Gavin and it currently has 1.5 million views.
The article focused on the apple but talked about the entire orchard of Uber
entrepreneurs using evidence and data to support the topic. Tesla and Vogue
reached out to Gavin and he ended up getting a ton of press from it.
Would the article have been as successful if I had focused on the orchard and
talked about Uber entrepreneurs without mentioning Gavin’s story?
No way.
How many people do we know have viral stories and we’re not asking them
questions about it?
586
“Studies show that people want to listen to good communicators who make
them feel smart, not just look smart.” Adam Grant
Fifty percent of people like to read at an eighth-grade level, and the best
selling books are written at a seventh-grade level.
Most of us think about it backwards—we write the article and then try to find
a headline. Instead, we need to think about it in the reverse order: Start with
the headline and then write the article.
587
Examples:
• Be Superlative
• “Best” or “Worst”
• Be Secretive
• “The Hidden Truth About…”
• Be Scary
• “10 Public Speaking Mistakes You’re Making Without Realizing”
Tools to Use:
• Coschedule.com/headline-analyzer
• Use this to analyze your headlines
If you look like you’re selling, people see it and run the other way. Everything
has shifted. The stories that have emotional content are going to make
people know, like, and trust you.
Pick the stories that work organically, like the Uber entrepreneur article and
copy it to your public figure page, business page, and other platforms.
• The algorithm sees this and you can throw fuel on the fire of virality
If you have great content but need a platform to put it on, leverage
someone else’s audience.
588
Case Study: Brennan Agranoff sold $1.8 million in socks last year
• He emailed the Humane Society and offered to give them $5 for every
sock purchase if they posted his socks on their social pages
• 15-20% conversion rate
• Spent $200,000 on ad spend
• He had to turn off the campaign because he couldn’t make the socks fast
enough
589
Amanda Dobson
Publisher, Agora Financial
Session Description:
In this session, Amanda Dobson talks about The Octopus Strategy that is getting her 97%
open rates, 25-50% click through rates and almost 100% deliverability. Using SMS marketing,
you can grow your subscriber list and scale your business without sending a single email.
590
Sales in our primary industry were down almost 60%. Our competitors were
closing their doors for good but we were growing every month.
• Email
• Push notifications
• SMS
• Ringless voicemail (RVM)
• Facebook groups (FBG)
• Messenger bot
• Ad retargeting
• Direct mail
Let me be clear—email marketing isn’t dead but it has a few major problems
that cost you money every single day. SMS is a big freaking deal right now.
591
• 97% open rates
• 25%-50% click through rates
• Nearly 100% deliverability
• Your prospect/buyer (on average) checks their phone 85 times a day (or
every 17 minutes)
• Coupons delivered via SMS have redemption rates 10 times higher than
those of printed coupons
• The average time it takes for an individual to open a text message is 4
minutes
• It takes 48 hours for email messages
SMS Lead Capture: it’s easy to capture text leads without hurting your email
opt in rate.
592
• Give them a compelling reason to go through the effort
• One word
• No fancy spelling
• No acronyms (autocorrect sucks)
593
Mobile optimization is the biggest needle-mover I have experienced as a
funnel optimization expert.
SMS Compliance
Regulatory Bodies:
• CTIA
• TCPA
• FCC
• Mobile Marketing Association
Step #1 to compliance
Step #2 to compliance
1. Help instructions
2. Stop instructions
3. Link to terms and conditions
594
Keyword Opt-In Compliance Requirements
Your immediate reply message must include:
1. Business/program name
2. Frequency
• I use 20 texts a month and send 2 promotional SMS’s per week and the
rest is value-based content
3. Terms and conditions
4. Help instructions
5. Stop instructions
6. Message and a data rate disclaimer
• Global reach
• Make sure your SMS platform is compliant in every country your
customers are in
• Scalability
• Make sure the SMS platform is large enough to grow into
• Automation
• SMS platform needs to have segmentation, drip campaigns, schedules,
etc.
595
• Integrations and APIs
• Contact information needs to be pulled from your CRM
• SMS platform needs to integrate with your other systems
• 2-way vs. 1-way
• Are you starting a conversation with the customers or just sending
content?
• Use the SMS platform for conversation or 1-way content
• Available features
• Analytics
• Track your links
• Available analytics: Delivery rate, click rate, and unsubscribe rate
• Reliability
• Innovations
596
SMS Platform Type 3: 10-Digit Long Code
Tools To Use:
• CallLoop
• SMS text messaging, voice broadcasting, ringless voicemail
• SlickText
• Text marketing
• Skipio
• Automated text and voicemail
• SimpleTexting
• SMS and text marketing
• SMSEdge
• SMS marketing
• SalesMsg
• 2-way business texting
597
SMS Tips
• Give value: Create a program for your subscribers that offers them some
kind of additional value for subscribing
• Give them content: SMS product delivery is a great way to get an opt-in
• Think along the lines of a premium
• Keep it short
• Your prospects attention span is very short
• Say exactly what you need to say and nothing more
• Remember you only have 160 characters including your URL
• Have a clear call-to-action
• Don’t expect your prospect to guess what they should do, tell them
exactly what they need to do
• Click a link
• Check an email
• Call back
• Add urgency
• Ex. “Click the link now”
• Use MMS for long messages
• Some (not all) SMS platforms allow you to send video, images, and/or
audio files
• Rather than sending a long text, send a video (with subtitles, if
possible)
• Usually limited to 1MB
598
• Check all devices
• Sites respond differently on each device make sure you look at your
site on all of them (or as many as you can)
• Google Chrome › Right click › Inspect › Choose a device
• Timing is key
• Send messages to your prospect when they have time to consume the
message
• Great times are before work and after work
• Facebook group insights (if you have one) is a good indicator
• Be specific
• Don’t put quotes (“ ”) around your keyword on your opt-in
• Call forwarding
• Most SMS providers allow you to have a call forwarding number (some
prospects will try to call a strange number)
• Tip: Have your call forwarding number go to your sales team
599
Suzanne Dibble
Founder, Niche Legal Solutions
Like it or loathe it, data privacy laws (such as GDPR and the revised e-privacy directive) are
here to stay, as more and more countries around the world follow the EU’s lead on data
protection. As a business owner, you can either get onboard and stay ahead of the game,
enjoying the competitive advantage that this gives you - or you can lose customers, risk
huge compliance fines and ultimately see the demise of your business. Join global data
protection expert Suzanne Dibble LLB as she skilfully explains why and how the revised
e-privacy directive is going to shake up digital marketing even more than GDPR and what
you can do to be ahead of the game.
600
“We have lost control of our data.” -Tim Berners-Lee, Inventor of the World
Wide Web
If you’re confused as to how the GDPR regulations affect your business, this
session will give you a summary of the GDPR and what to watch out for to
make sure you are complying.
Google was just fined 50 million Euros for breaches of the GDPR.
601
Fines have increased by 40% for companies not complying with the GDPR.
A small non-compliance won’t have a massive fine. But as a global trend, the
increase in fines shows us how serious this issue is being taken place.
E-privacy is going to put all of our marketing on a consent basis. Under this
policy, consent is king. This means that before you can send a marketing
email or message, you must have obtained their consent.
All marketers need to put systems in place to get consent prior to sending
messages and keeping the records that prove the consent.
Cookie consent is now being given at the browser consent level and by
default, there will not be consent. This means that users have to go into their
browser settings and agree to let websites use cookies.
Sixty-seven percent of agencies have quantified that this will make them lose
more than 30% of their annual sales. This portion of the GDPR is the major
reason businesses are lobbying against these policies.
602
Principle 5: New Restrictions on Collecting Metadata
Metadata is all of the data collected from our internet usage (websites, apps,
games, etc.) to use for commercial gain. This under the radar surveillance is
what e-privacy regulations are trying to combat.
If your business relies on this metadata, this regulation requires you to adapt
your business model.
603
Todd Herman Garrett Holmes
Founder & Author, Director of Content,
90 Day Year & Alter Ego Effect DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Todd Herman as he reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating
a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way
of you untapping your capabilities: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of
the way so you can perform at your peak. That person is already inside you. You just need to
unlock them. This other part of you is your Heroic Self and you unlock it with an Alter Ego.
After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman
is revealing how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible.
604
Garrett Holmes: I want to call you out on these glasses, tell me more
about what these do for you.
Todd Herman: When I decided to launch my book, I wanted to work with the
best in making inspirational and motivational content. I partnered with Jay
Shetty to create promotions for it. That aside, we hear a lot about getting out
of our own way or having more willpower. Willpower is a very weak way to
show up as yourself. When I’m working with people, I want to use the natural
phenomena of enclothed cognition. As human beings, we attach story and
meaning to what other people wear or what we wear. If that’s the case, why
don’t we use that to help you step into whatever success you want in your
business and life.
It started with my business where I wouldn’t act on what I told myself I would.
Or I would walk past someone who I wanted to know at big events, like T&C,
and not say hi. When I put my glasses on, I had the confidence to do those
things. And now, I have that confidence without them.
TH: Most of the people who are here are trying to do hard things. We’re
always pushing past our comfort zone and our brains are naturally built the
other way. It wants to keep us safe. So we have to push past the resistance
and it’s really hard. The great power we have as human beings is our
imagination. It’s the only thing that makes us unique on this planet.
As we grow up, we move away from these superpowers that we have. We’re
using it all the time but are stepping into a terrible narrative. For example,
thinking “Richard Branson can be successful but I can’t do it.” This is a waste
of time.
The most successful people on the planet are following this strategy and
that’s the reason for their success.
GH: Something tells me you don’t like the phrase, “Fake it till you make
it.” How do you seperate that phrase from the alter ego?
TH: Everyone here is an expert in messaging. How does “fake it till you
make it” land on great messaging? Not well. If you’re nervous about being
605
authentic, then you have to move on. You know who never asks me about
being authentic? Really successful people.
In reality, who you are right now is much different than who you were 6
months ago. Were you fake 6 months ago? No, you’re growing. We tend to
try to peel back the layers saying that we have to remove things to become
successful. It’s the opposite. It’s about unlocking the most real version of who
you are.
The most trapped version of ourselves is the one that doesn’t act when we
want to. It’s the one that doesn’t stick up for someone or doesn’t go and
say hi to that person. The alter ego allows you to side step that trauma and
narrative. Instead, you take out the best version of yourself on that stage, to
that meeting, etc.
GH: Can you tell us about your experience with Beau Jackson?
TH: Beau is the only athlete to ever be an all-star in two major North
American sports in the same year. He’s a phenomenal athlete. I was in
Georgia for a speech, and in through the door walks Beau Jackson. He
introduces himself and asks me what I’m going to talk about. I tell him that
I’m going to talk about using an alter ego to step past the resistance people
have to succeeding in football. He looks at me and says, “Beau Jackson never
played a down of football a day in his life. As a kid, I had anger issues and I
resonate with Jason from Friday The 13th.” This is slightly terrifying but, we
see what’s happening.
That anger was getting in Beau’s way and when he embodied Jason, he had
one mission and one mission only—to destroy anything that got in his way
with no emotion. That’s what helped him channel all of his abilities.
That being said, you don’t have just one alter ego for your entire life. There
are several for whatever person you are channeling in that moment.
606
GH: How do we find our alter ego?
TH: The first step is living in context. What area is the most frustrating for you
right now?
The second step is, what is frustrating you about the way that you’re showing
up right now? What’s the behavior you are acting on that you don’t like? For
example, do you let other people take the spotlight when you know you’re
deserving?
The third step is, what are the superhero qualities you would love to show
up as? If I’m scared of rejection at the end of a call, and I know what I can
do to help that person, we don’t want to keep feeling that way. What are the
superhero qualities that you want to bring out? Another way to go about it is
to ask: Who is already showing up how you want to on that field?
For example, Serena Williams and the fire she brings to the court. You can
latch on to that and bring it into any field you already have.
When it comes to your item, you want to try to engage all of your senses.
Have the item make a noise so you get the visual and sound effects, telling
your mind what time it is. Then it becomes a trigger to step into your alter
ego and you have access this person whenever you need it.
607
Marcus Murphy
Director of Monetization, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Eighty-percent of B2B leads come from LinkedIn. If you want to capitalize of off LinkedIn,
you need to know five things: how to create an engaging profile, what content to post, how
to connect with other users, what to do with profile views, and how to message your profile.
Join Marcus Murphy, LinkedIN Advisory Board Member and DigitalMarketer Director of
Sales and Monetization, in this detailed session to upgrade your LinkedIn profile.
608
LinkedIn Statistics
Profile
Recommendations
609
Content
In 2016, I wrote an article “Why cold calling is dead and Jeff Weiner is my
hero,” in 45 minutes. My article went viral and now I’m a LinkedIn advisory
board member
Content should:
• Tag companies
• Tag people at the company
• Add pictures
• Engage with comments
• Respond to all comments by mentioning the user who commented
• Hashtags
Content Ideas:
Connecting
Don’t accept everybody because you can only have 30,000 connections. Be
careful with who you accept.
610
LinkedIn Just Introduced Active Status:
You can now open the LinkedIn app and get a QR code for your profile and
search for users nearby
Profile views
Follow relevant hashtags, reply to all comments and join groups that are
relevant to you.
• You can’t send a message to a user you aren’t connected to, but if you
in the same group you CAN send them a message despite not being
connections
Messaging
Marketing is like dating and the same applies to LinkedIn. Don’t try to marry
users on the first date. Create a relationship just as you would in the dating
world.
In Summary:
611
Glen Ledwell
Co-Founder, Mind Movies
Session Description:
How to attract, motivate, and engage potential joint venture relationships. Join Glen as he
shares the critical tasks you should do leading up to and during launches with joint venture
partners.
612
This session is for novice, intermediate, and advanced businesses and first
we’re going to ask the hard question:
I’m not saying that you need a great product. JV’s get a million offers of great
products. What are you selling them besides your product?
We know that we should talk to people instead of text them but we don’t do
it. What does this JV want to feel? Validated. Talking on the phone creates
this connection in a way that texting can’t. Better yet—meeting in person.
Don’t ever, ever, lie about product results. Don’t ruin a relationship before it
has started.
613
Now, we save the date for the launch.
614
• Send out swipe files (first piece only to ensure mailing on first day)
• 1 week before launch date:
• Increase communication daily
• Organize your launch countdown
• Rev people up!
• Pre-launch and launch week:
• Continue daily communication
• Motivate people to send all mailing pieces
• Switch to talking all about the sales page going live
• Post your leader board every day
• Play on prizes and egos
• Post-launch:
• Declare winners
• Send out prizes right away
• Set up reciprocals
Your follow-up post-launch is going to seal the deal with your JVs. Be timely
and professional and you’ll scale your business through JV relationships.
615
Ryan Deiss
Co-Founder & CEO, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Do you own your business or does your business own you? Being “the guru” of your business
is dangerous, because on the outside it makes you appear highly successful, but on the inside
you’re stressed, exhausted, and trapped in a business that you can never escape, because
YOU are the business. Worse...YOU are the product. In this session, DigitalMarketer’s CEO
and Co-Founder, Ryan Deiss, is going to show you how I was able to escape the guru trap,
and transition from a personal brand into valuable and sellable company brand.
616
I see a big problem among entrepreneurs. They get guru-itis, this dangerous
disease that forces you to climb a mountain top everyday and start yelling
about your beliefs so everyone below you can hear.
From the outside, you look like a successful man or woman. On the inside,
you’re exhausted from having to climb to the top of the mountain every day.
Guru-itis traps you. It makes you the product which means—if you stop
working, your business stops making money.
This is not how you build a profitable and scalable brand. How can you scale
if you can only be in one place at a time?
Chris Rock said it perfectly in a stand up bit a few years ago. He talked about
how Shaquille O’Neal was rich, but the person sitting in the owners box
paying Shaq—he’s wealthy.
Here’s the 3-step process of the brand duality I’ve created so DigitalMarketer
can make me money without requiring me to be standing on a stage every
day.
The genius inside of your head must be extracted and transformed into
something that is tangible. For most of us, we don’t want to extract our
genius and put it in an external place. If everyone has what we have, doesn’t
that diminish our value?
No. By keeping your value internal, you are owned by your business.
Your knowledge needs to be in an “artifact” that is easily explained and
transferable. It has to be something that is separate from you.
617
Your artifact doesn’t have to capture 100% of your knowledge, but it has to
capture the essence or else you will be owned by your company and you will
be running laps for the rest of your life.
Great, now let me explain. Are you a profit for your business or are you the
God of your business? If you’re the God of your message, there is no artifact.
You are your business and so, you’re trapped.
When you’re the profit of your message, you’re the person holding the
artifact asking if anyone wants to read it. You’re the person who climbed to
the top of the mountain and brought the knowledge back down to share with
everyone else.
Now that you have your message on an artifact, you want to motivate other
people to help you spread the message. If you keep the artifact to yourself
and refuse to let anyone borrow it to show their friends, your universe is
going to be small. If you give that artifact to others and tell them to copy
it, talk about it, and spread the message—your universe grows at lightning
speed.
Encourage your team members and your customers to tell the story and
teach your model. At DigitalMarketer, this is our Certified Partner Program.
We give our partners all of our content and tell them to do whatever they
want with it.
You know what’s weird? Walking into an event and watching somebody talk
about your artifact. You know what’s cool? Getting that brand promotion
without having to step on stage.
Your message gets out into the world when you send it out with other
deputies.
618
So often people ask me, aren’t you worried that you’ll teach people and then
they’ll just leave?
There are some people who come into your life and orbit around the star that
is your brand. As these people leave, they broaden your universe. They work
with other companies, they go to other events, and they create relationships
with other industry leaders and guess who comes along with them?
You. It’s crucial that you let employees and customers grow through the
education you give them and then be happy for them when they leave.
Let them leave on a great note and look for opportunities to keep working
together.
Better yet, when these people leave they make room for new stars.
If you can’t make a speaking engagement, let one of your team members go
in your place. Let your customers teach what you’ve taught them.
We have to talk about what we mean when we say a brand. It’s not a logo and
a style guide. I love Jeff Bezos’s definition: “A brand is what people say about
you when you’re not in the room.”
I define a good brand as one that you can be separated from and it wouldn’t
be harmed. If I leave DigitalMarketer, I know the brand will be okay. In this
619
context, a good brand is something that isn’t built around you.
Look at the different areas of expertise your business has and find someone
better at a specific part of that than you are.
No, that’s not what I’m saying. I’m saying don’t ONLY build a personal
brand. Leverage your personal brand to point it towards something else. For
example, my personal brand points to DigitalMarketer not RyanDeiss.com.
I had a conversation with Gary Vee the other day. I said, “I don’t want to do
this anymore, be the face of this brand and have so many people know my
name,” and he said, ‘You’re an idiot. You need to leverage your brand to
build another one.”
And that’s exactly what we’re doing. We just launched Praxio and we’ve
acquired OnlineMarketingInstitute.org. I like the idea of being the goose that
lays golden eggs and then sells them. My personal brand redirects to all of
these companies. I am not the end product.
Gary’s doing the same thing. All of his companies stand on their own and his
personal brand points to them, not to himself as a commodity.
620
It’s difficult to build three brands. Choose one then use the leverage of your
personal brand to direct people to that business and then do that for your
other businesses.
No, no, no. That is a product. When it comes time to create new products
and updates, then bring someone else in or take your face off of things. Is
your course working well right now? Yes? Don’t stop! This is all additive.
There needs to be a name on the thing that he teaches that isn’t his first and
last name. He also needs to spend the rest of his time teaching the process
so others can learn from it. Dave Ramsey is doing this now. They’re starting
to position his Financial Peace University away from Dave and bring in other
experts to talk on the subject.
621
Josh Nelson
CEO, Plumbing & HVAC SEO
Session Description:
When it comes to content development NOT all mediums are created equal. There is one
that rules them all. In this session we’ll reveal why promoting and conducting new / topical
webinars on a monthly basis is the most effective strategy for developing your authority,
building your list & landing new clients on a monthly basis. This strategy has taken our
agency from zero to 7 Figures & the Inc 5000 list of fastest growing companies for the last
3 years in a row.
622
The problem with getting clients as an agency is reaching them. Small
agencies can’t compete with a larger agency’s lead generation budget. This is
what most agencies are going through:
• 1 target niche
• Recurring monthly revenue is the only way to go
• No one-off projects
• No check-payments
• Credit card or direct debit only
• No partial payment deposits
• Minimum monthly needs to be at least $1,000
623
The Stages of Agency Growth
The bottom line is that if you can land 5 new clients per month at $1,350+
monthly, you can build a 7-figure agency in just 12 months.
624
How to Land Clients
The Ultimate Agency Model is the minimum number of steps that need
to be taken to get a prospect to become a customer.
625
Clear Target/Niche
If brand messaging and content isn’t written for a specific audience, it’s not
going to work. If you’re clear on your target, map out the funnel and publish
content most interesting for that target.
Opt-in/Lead Magnet
Key Elements:
• Lead Magnet
• Hero image
• Visual of the lead magnet
• Confirmation Page
• Confirmation video offering appointment
• Email Sequence
626
Tools to Use:
• Click Funnels
• EmailMeForm (optional)
• Infusionsoft
• FixYourFunnel
• Text, voice, broadcast
• WordPress
Appointment/Calendar
This is the strategy session where they move from warm lead to hot lead. This
is where you add the webinar shortcut below.
Key Elements:
• Confirmation Video
• Link to calendar
• Calendly/appointment Core
• Pre-appointment questionnaire
• Indoctrination emails
• 8am the day of their interview send them a case study video to watch
• SMS/messenger confirmation
• Reminding them about the call reduces them flaking
How often do we meet with a prospect that was interested in working with us
but the deal goes dead?
Key Elements:
627
• Case studies
• Positions you as an expert
• A Shock and Awe Box works really well here
• Mail service to facilitate follow up
Tools to Use:
• Infusionsoft
• City Blueprint for mailing
“The money is not in the list, it’s in the relationship to the list.” Frank Kern
Take the good ideas that you get from a topic like T&C and have a specific
webinar every month on a new topic:
628
• Grows your database
• New content for YouTube, iTunes, SlideShare, social profiles/pages and
groups
• Nurtures your database
• Fresh events to invite them to every month
• A reason to email them with value add touches multiple times each
month
One new webinar per month can drive your entire content/lead generation
machine.
• Hack: get qualified appointments even if they don’t sit on your webinar
• The confirmation page will drive more appointments than the webinar
itself
• Don’t worry about the webinar, your best prospects don’t watch or
attend
• The promotion of the webinar and what you do after the register is
what really matters
• For example, out of 193 people that registered, 58 filled out the pre-
appointment questionnaire and 19 scheduled appointments
629
Step-by-Step Webinar Process
Pre-Webinar:
Post-Webinar:
630
Richard Lindner
Co-Founder & President, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
What if your best customers just decided to bring you more customers just like them? Well
they can and they will... but only if you ask them (the right way). Join DigitalMarketer Co-
Founder & President Richard Lindner as he walks you through a proven 5-step process to
turn happy customers into advocates and promoters.
631
Traffic & Conversion Summit is focused on getting you new customers. In this
presentation, I’m going to give you a 5-step plan to get the customers you
already have to bring you more just like them.
• You should never ask for a referral unless you’re 99% sure they will say yes
How do you know when your customer is ready to say, “YES!” to promoting
you and your brand?
1. When is your customer most excited about you, your product or service or
your brand?
632
2. How can you encourage them to share that excitement publicly so their
friends can see it?
Remember, you want them to share on social but you can’t expect them to do
it on their own.
• You have to not only prompt them, you have to do it for them—and
reward them!
• Put a “share” popup on the thank you page
• For example, “Share a photo or video on Instagram and mention @
stickermule to make us feel loved”
• Offer an incentive for sharing
633
Step 2: Encourage & Enable the Trigger
How can you elevate your customers status and make them feel like they’re a
part of something bigger by engaging with your brand?
Enabling Promotion:
634
Ask for Feedback Example:
635
Step 3: Reward the Trigger
How can you motivate and incentivize your customers to graduate from
sharing your content and hashtags to telling their friends to buy from you?
To ascend your customer from passive to active advocates, you need to get
them to share their story and give a testimonial.
Note: DO NOT GIVE THEM MONEY! Now, they’ve become an affiliate and
you’ve completely changed the relationship.
1. Thank You
• Most people just want to be recognized
2. Shout out
• Most people also want to be famous
3. Swag
• Stuff they can’t buy
4. Access
• Stuff they can buy
5. Free stuff
Now that you’ve created the collateral to predictably turn customers into
advocates, how can you automate it?
Automation doesn’t just mean that it happens without you having to do it.
Automation can be employees who are reaching out to anyone who shares
your content/product. It just means that you aren’t the 1 replying to each
person.
Step 5: Repeat
636
3 Steps to Launch Your Rewards Program
637
Dean Graziosi
Founder, Dean Enterprises
Session Description:
In this session, Dean Graziosi talks about the seven must-haves that have scaled his business
well pst $100 million dollars. He’ll talk about his morning routine (and his daily green drink
recipe), what question to ask to find your main driver, how to fight your thoughts and more.
638
Must-Have 1: Protect Your Health, Confidence & State
Have you ever done anything amazing when your confidence was down—or
even at 90%?
I’ve come to realize that if I can protect my confidence, I get to do the things
that drive me to the next level. I want you to recognize the things that rob
you of your confidence and put you in defense mode rather than offense.
Every day that I complete this morning routine is my most productive day. It
puts me in a different frame of mind and gets my confidence up so I can get
shit done.
639
What do you need to do to create offense over defense? What do you need
to do to create confidence?
I’m encouraging you to get crystal clear on where you want to go.
If it’s a year from now and it was the best year of your life, what happened?
I answer that question and I pick the top things that I want to do. That’s what
I’m focusing on and that’s what I’m working toward.
Point your ship in that direction and forget about the rest.
You must, must, must ramp up your obsession with marketing. Even if you
think you are at a 10/1-, you have to obsess more.
Make sales and marketing a part of your company culture and have every
single employee know that it’s the oxygen of their paycheck.
When you’re looking at your marketing, you need to know exactly what’s
working and isn’t working. If your campaign doesn’t work, what part of it
didn’t work exactly?
If something doesn’t work, you’re not working it correctly. You’re not tapping
into marketing stamina and testing to optimize. This is a good reason to focus
on 1 channel at a time.
When I first got on social media, I had 5,000 followers. We’ve been able to
grow my brand to 350,000 followers in 18 months and sell 500,000 from
social media alone. What was my strategy? Focus on 1 platform at a time (we
started with Facebook).
640
You also want to make sure you’re thinking of how you’re going to market a
product before you even create it. Don’t think about the product until you
know exactly how to sell it. Start thinking with the end in mind.
What if everything that has come your way is designed to test you to see if
you’re ready to level up?
Most of the world is not willing to pay success tax. This is awesome because it
means the ones who are will win.
You won’t be able to avoid failure—and that’s okay. Things are designed to
go wrong to test if you’re going to get back up and keep going.
So do it.
If you don’t know your Why, you’re not going to have the stamina to get up
when life inevitably knocks you down. You can feel when an idea goes from
your head to your heart and that’s the idea that is your Why.
So, I’ve built my life in a way that there isn’t anybody that can tell me what to
do. I want to live life on my terms.
The only thing standing between you and your next level of income is the
story you tell yourself on why you’re not there yet.
641
What’s your “but”?
Whatever you put after “but” is the thought that is holding you back from
achieving what you want.
You must, must, must question your thoughts. There are 2 voices in your mind
and you have to use 1 to question the other.
Must-Have 7: Learn from Those Playing the Game at the Highest Level
Possible & Don’t Take Advice from Unqualified People
Don’t have your single friend give you advice on marriage. Don’t have your
broke friend give you advice on investing. Don’t listen to the wrong people.
If you need a breakthrough, get your ass into War Room. Surround yourself
with people doing this. If your competition gets in War Room you’re done for.
Where are the people who can propel you to the next level?
642
John Grimshaw
Co-Founder, DigitalStrategyBootcamps.com
Session Description:
Looking for the greatest marketing strategy ever devised? It’s hidden in your business’ data.
But without a process for analysis, its insights are locked away, out of reach. There is a
simple solution, however: the ACT Framework. This analytical system leverages focusing
questions & simple checklists to find data-driven opportunities in Assets, Conversion, and
Traffic. Seasoned analyst or newbie, you will walk away from this session with the tools to
generate more leads and sales using the ACT Framework.
643
Marketers need to be analysts because data drives smart marketing.
• Google Analytics
• Google Ads
• Facebook
• Keap
• Klaviyo
The ACT grid is designed to help you get started on data analysis
644
Businesses Properties:
Assets:
• Your website
• Your social media
• Your Facebook Ads
• Your emails
Conversions:
This is your long-term strategy that converts cold leads to warm leads to
customers to promoters:
• Automation sequences
• Brand messaging at scale
• Segmentation
645
Traffic:
Think about the people at different stages of your Customer Value Journey
and ask questions like:
Optimization Levers:
Engagement
ROI
This is only about you as a business owner. You need ROI to grow your
business.
Scale
Assets x Engagement = UX
646
• Find what devices and browsers your users are using and optimize for
that device and/or browser
• Review high and low bounce rate pages
• What is making them a bad experience and how do you change that?
• Google Analytics: Behavior › Site Content › Landing Pages › Bounce
Rate
• Review how site users interact with website navigation
• What links are people clicking? What links aren’t they clicking?
647
• Review what users like in your videos and turn engaging clips into social
content
• Analyze where users are most engaged within videos
• Use Facebook posts with social proof (likes, comments, and shares) as ads
• Sort blog posts by average page value in Google Analytics
• Behavior › Site Content › All Pages
• Exclude Thank You pages
648
• For product launches, acquire and build relationships pre-launch
• Find what opt-in events precede specific product sales
• Find the average number of days preceding specific product sales
• Interest target your audience and use that as your audience targets for
Facebook
649
• Explore affinity categories for lead and customer segments
• Explore in-market segments for leads and customers segments
• Review demographic data from Google Analytics and Facebook
• Supplement data on audience segments using tools like TowerData
650
Traffic x Scale = Visitors
651
Kim Walsh Phillips Garrett Holmes
Founder, Director of Content,
Powerful Professionals DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Join Kim Walsh Phillips, Founder of Powerful Professionals, and Garrett Holmes as they
discuss the power of the 24-Hour Thunderbolt. If you’re looking to convert your audience
effectively and fast, then this sales-blitz strategy will be exactly what you’re looking for. Learn
the step-by-step approach that Kim has used time and time again to drive customers over
the conversion line, all within 24 hours.
652
Garrett Holmes: What is Powerful Professionals and how are you helping
people?
Kim Walsh Phillips: The elevator speech is that I help entrepreneurs make
more money than they ever thought possible, faster than they could have
imagined, so they can finally live the life they have been praying about every
day. We do that through courses, education, and coaching.
KWP: We believe in reaching people where they want. Most of our clients
want a larger audience. So we show them how to get 10,000 fans, how to
monetize it, productivity and all that great stuff.
KWP: Let me ask you a question, when you’re traveling and choosing where
to go for dinner, what restaurant do you want to go to, the one with 20 cars in
the parking lot or none?
GH: Twenty.
KWP: Exactly. That’s social proof. People see that users know, like, and trust
you and it also helps you in the algorithm.
KWP: I was introduced to the world of direct response marketing. All I saw
were pitches and I thought—there has to be a way to develop relationships
and still make money off of it. Why don’t we make short bursts of campaigns
that don’t exhaust our list or ourselves?
653
KWP: I like to think about it as the 2 types of people who text us.
There’s 1 person who you’re excited to read the message they sent you and
would take any recommendation they give you.
Then, there’s the other texter that is Cousin Bernie, who we don’t want to
answer.
So, what I do is email daily and have conversational types of campaigns that I
call daily friend chats. This primes my list to come and listen when I go to sell
something.
KWP: We’ve used it for affiliate launches, but only for 24 hours—I won’t
exhaust my list for affiliates. If we’re doing events, we sell out. If we’re doing
webinars, it’s great. Anything you’re trying to sell and get opt-ins for, it works.
GH: Okay, let’s deep dive into this. What are the steps of the 24-Hour
Launch?
KWP: Step 1: Decide on a Time-sensitive Reason for the Person to Buy Now
You need a really good incentive, it should hurt your stomach. It’s important
to train your list so that when you say it’s time sensitive, you mean it.
The day before we run the 24-Hour Thunderbolt I’ll do a Facebook Live and
Instagram story, tweet it and put it on LinkedIn. We’ll tease that the next day I
have a really big announcement and then tell them who it is for and what they
are going to get out of it—but then I don’t tell them what it is. Your superfans
are on alert and primed to buy the next day. There aren’t any links to landing
pages. We’re just creating urgency and buzz.
654
Step 4: Send an Email Out the Day of the LiveCast
Only send this email if you’re doing the LiveCast in the afternoon.
If your LiveCast is before noon, then I don’t do this. Then I only send an email
out at LiveCast start time.
We use really creative messaging in these emails, I’m not giving them any
content of any value, I’m just telling them about the product I’m selling. The
announcement is, “I have a special announcement. This is the bonus and here
is how you get access to it.” Focus the announcement around the bonus so
they come on the LiveCast to get more information.
The best subject lines to use is “starting now,” “your link is included,”
“we’re live,” “jump on this instant.” Keep these subject lines only for these
moments, don’t use them during other times.
Also, I keep my chats private. People can’t talk to each other. I’ll answer each
person’s question on air and make them feel super smart for asking it, but I
don’t let them talk to each other to avoid conflict.
GH: What tips do you have during that call to encourage people to buy?
KWP: You want to remember that nobody cares about you or your product,
they just care about what it’s going to do for them. We’ll have 1 sentence
655
about why they should buy this, I’ll put it on a huge whiteboard with the URL
and I’ll just keep pointing to it and repeating it. We need to hear the reason
to do business with someone 27 times before we’re ready to buy.
Love on your customers, make them feel really good for being there, and
you’ll be able to sell.
GH: How do you follow up with everyone who bought and didn’t buy?
KWP: We’ll take the recording and an hour and a half after we’re done,
we’ll send an email out and ask if people want to see what the huge
announcement was. The recording goes on a full sales page with my offer on
it.
That evening, around 7pm, we’ll send out an email saying this is your final
cart close email. Then, at 11pm I’ll send out 1 more email to everyone who
opened and tell them this is the absolute last time to purchase.
If you are using this for affiliate launches, you have to do this on cart close
day. You only want them to get these messages on that day. For example, if
you have an event, the ticket isn’t time sensitive but adding an offer to the
ticket purchase can be.
Also, everything we do, we always make sure it ties into something else that
we do. My favorite bonus to give is time with me. I’ll do bonus calls (where
they’re going to get an outcome) as an incentive. For example, recently we
did a promotion for Josh Turner promoting The Appointment Generator. My
bonus was a call with me where I walk through Josh’s prospecting system,
then give them my Million Dollar Sales Campaign, overlay it, and rework their
campaign so they can get more sales.
656
KWP: I did a webinar for a new product launch of How to Launch a
Membership Program in 21 Days. It was $500. We had 587 people opt-in 257
showed up and we closed 18% on the webinar. I generated over $27,000
worth of sales on the campaign without any advertising.
For affiliate launches, we’ve gotten in top ten with all of them off of the 24-
Hour Thunderbolt.
I have a client that gives a $2.38 credit that works incredibly well. Credit
makes us think we’re wasting money if we don’t use it over a coupon that
doesn’t feel like it’s money that you own.
That being said, you can’t ever, ever, ever give in when they beg you to give
them the offer the next day. If you do this, you’ve trained them that you’ll give
the offer and you no longer have the time limit.
GH: What is 1 thing in 2018 from your business that was a massive
success?
We were looking for a way to scale our business and at the end of 2017, I
sold my PR agency and got to focus on coaching and teaching. It had always
been my true love. But, I needed a bigger audience, I only had 8,000 people.
I listened to Experts Secrets by Russell Brunson and his suggestion was to do
1 webinar every week for an entire year. We grew to 127,000 people using
this strategy. Right now we ROI each webinar by 7.2% every week. We stuck
with the 1 thing that was working and kept doing it and kept doing it.
657
KWP: I have 2. When I sold my business, obviously money was good and
I was busy. I took my eyes off of the ball and we didn’t collect membership
payments for an entire month without knowing. The PayPal subscription
broke and we didn’t have a system that told us that. That was my mistake and
I wasn’t going to charge my customers, so I lost tens of thousands of dollars.
The second, I had somebody who was doing the marketing for us and wasn’t
using relationship marketing, it was just marketing. I shouldn’t have stopped
using personality-based marketing.
GH: If you could turn back time and talk to yourself when you first
stepped out as an entrepreneur, what advice would you give yourself?
KWP: I lived in a small town in Pennsylvania and I spent too much time trying
to blend in. If I could go back in time, I would tell myself, “You were created
uniquely for a reason. Our passions are not an accident, they are our God-
given superpowers and if we lean into them with full force, we can fly from
the moment we start.” I would have used that to grow my list from the very
beginning.
658
Roland Frasier
CEO, WarRoom Mastermind
Session Description:
One of the most popular sessions at T&C every year, in this session DigitalMarketer partner,
Roland Frasier, reveals all of the latest tools that we, our teams, and our high-level War Room
Mastermind members are using across all of our businesses to outperform the competition,
automate our businesses, and gain as many almost unfair competitive advantages as we can.
If you’re looking for tools to make your life easier and your business way more successful,
you won’t want to miss this one.
659
To find the tools that others used to build their website:
Builtwith.com
• Use to generate leads
• Use to see what others are building their website with
Datanyze.com
• What are the top tools in terms of the percentage of websites using them
based on an industry
Essential:
Similarweb.com
• Detailed desktop/mobile traffic, demographic, popular pages information
Adbeat.com
• Ad histories, days on market, networks, creative landers
iSpionage.com
• Customer journey from ad network/creatives to lander
SEMRush.com
• SEO keyword research, ads, backlinks
aHrefs.com
• Backlinks, keyword/competitive analysis, rank tracking
Ghostery.com
• Chrome extension displays all onpage ad tech
WhosMailingWhat.com
• Direct mail + email campaign performance tracking
Crayon.co
• Complete competitive intel on product launches, site changes, and price
tracking
660
TubularLabs.com
• Video intelligence, performance tracking, and leaderboards
Alexa.com
• Web ranking ad competitive intelligence
Optional:
DataMinr.com
• Discover high-impact news before the media does
Whatrunswhere.com
• Competitor ad intelligence tool
Follow.net
• Lowend, all-in-one ad intelligence tool
Content Marketing:
Hawkeye.ai
• Uses AI to analyze the relevant web
Grouphigh.com
• Largest blogger database
Vastclicks.com
• Turn curated content into leads
Storybase.com
• Grow organically with content marketing
Marketmuse.com
• Plan, build, and optimize your content with AI
Expertisefinder.com
• Search engine for journalists to find audiences
661
Swiped.co
• Profitable marketing inspiration and analysis
Ecommerce Tools:
Izooto.com
• Grow eCommerce using web push notifications
LTVPlus.com
• Agents that grow your sales and conversions
662
Amazon:
Zontracker.io
• Track Amazon sales from Facebook ads
663
Funnel, Cart, & CRM Tools:
Ad Stuff:
Revealbot.com
• Advanced automation for Facebook ads
Smartly.io
• Combine creative and buying automation on a single platform
Keyword Research:
Grepwords.com
• Local intent keywords, commercial intent keywords, video intent
keywords, suggestions for Amazon, suggestions for eBay
Keywordeye.com
• SEO data
Keywordrevealer.com
• Discover low-competition keywords
664
TOFU Quizzes, Contests, & Games:
Outgrow.co
• Highly interactive content
Leadquizzes.com
• Generates leads from quizzes
Gleam.io
• Marketing apps
Calculoid.com
• Web calculator for pricing and checkout
Maitreapp.co
• Referral marketing platform to launch a prelaunch campaign
Upstart.me
• Targeted email newsletters that you can sponsor
665
TrafficGetting Tools:
SEO:
Dibz.me
• Quality link scraping
Clickflow.com
• Organic traffic
666
The List:
Sigstr.com
• Email signature marketing
Bombbomb.com
• Video emails
Mailshake.com
• Generate leads with cold emails
Voilanorbert.com
• Find anyone’s email address
667
Video:
Tubebuddy.com
• Keyword research for YouTube
Tubesift.com
• Extract extensive lists of highly relevant and popular YouTube videos with
monetization enabled
Useloom.com
• Instantly shareable videos
Lumen5.com
• Transform articles into videos
VidIQ.com
• YouTube growth
Onlinefreetools.com
• Extract tags from a YouTube video
668
LiveStreaming:
Belive.TV
• Engagement for Facebook Live
Restream.io
• Stream live video to 30+ platforms
Livereacting.com
• Interactive Facebook live videos
Liveleap.com
• Automatically share Facebook Live video
Images:
Photofeeler.com
• Rates photos on scale of competence, authenticity, etc.
669
Retargeting:
Pixelme.me
• URL and UTM manager for savvy marketers
Pixelyoursite.com
• Track pixels with a Wordpress plugin
Optinmonster.com
• Convert visitors into subscribers
Influencers:
Intellifluence.com
• Get reviewed, build awareness, and increase sales
Klear.com
• Monitor influencer programs
Influencerfee.com
• Influencer engagement and money calculator for Instagram
670
Analytics:
Nachoanalytics.com
• See any website’s analytics account
En.ryte.com
• Monitor, analyze, and optimize your website
Conversion Optimization:
Bizbible.com
• Revenue attribution
Intercom.com
• Acquire customers, engage customers, support customers
aws.Amazon.com/polly
• Turn text into life-like speech using deep learning
Landbot.io
• Create Chatbot
671
Scheduleonce.com
• Online scheduling for customers and prospects
Geofli.com
• Convert website visitors to customers
Wigzo.com
• Personalize web, apps, and emails
Pingdom.com
• Insights on website availability and performance
Leadconnect.cc
• Phone Button website widget that doubles conversions
Crankwheel.com
• Call inbound leads within seconds
Pushover.net
• Real time notification on Android, iPhone, iPad, and Desktop
Connectio.io
• Synchronize an autoresponder into Facebook custom audiences
Browserstack.com
• Access to 2,000+ real mobile devices and browsers
Privy.com
• Capture emails and reduce abandonment with on-site displays and
automated emails
Profitwell.com
• Free subscription metrics
Rejoiner.com
Email campaign builder and A/B tester
672
Social:
Linkedhelper.com
• LinkedIn sales navigator and recruiter
Agorapulse.com
• Social media management
Hypegrowth.com
• Grow your Instagram and Twitter following
Dux-soup.com
Find, attract, and engage with your prospects on LinkedIn
Socialmonials.com
• Social media optimization that self-optimizes revenue
Poweradspy.com
• Facebook ad intelligence
673
Anyleads.com
• Find leads, drive traffic, and create content for lead generation
Rev.com
• Transcription, captions, and foreign subtitles
Personalization:
Niftyimages.com
• Personalized images
Rightmessage.com
• Personalized website experience based on email list
Swrve.com
• Personalized messaging across mobile, email, web, TV (OTT), etc.
674
Business Operations + Tools:
Gong.io
• Sales conversions based on scientific research
Modok.com
• Customizable portfolio of global business solutions
Otter.ai
• Notetaking and collaboration app
Looop.co
• LMS that delivers effective employee training
Kiite.ai
• Provides information from subject matter experts, existing content, and
other platforms through your existing chat interface
Monday.com
• Visual, collaborative work space
675
Trainual.com
• Documentation and how to’s for your business for faster onboarding
Leadfeeder.com
• Shows you the companies visiting your website, how they found you, and
what they’re interested in
MadKudu.com
• Predictive analytics that generate pipeline
Frontapp.com
• Shared inbox for teams
Atlassian.com/software/confluence
• Shared workspace
676
Clodagh Higgins
Digital Agency Coach, Consultant, Author & Podcaster, Growit Group AS
Session Description:
In this session, Clodagh will give you step-by-step strategies to create & retain talent in your
business. Learn how to get the MOST from your agency people so that you can get the
MOST out of your business for you and your team.
677
There are 7 steps to unlock the power of your team members and reach your
agency’s goals.
Entrepreneurs and employees have different traits and not embracing these
differences are what makes teams fail.
You need to be brutally honest with yourself. What are you actually doing in
this business? What is your Why?
678
A great tool to use for this is the VTO—Vision/Traction Organizer.
The wrong time to hire someone is when they are urgently needed in your
business. You cannot give them the time to learn and grow into the role if you
are putting pressure on them to deliver.
By having an “always hiring” approach you will be able to hire the right
people just before you need them. On your “We are hiring” page, have a list
of job roles and descriptions of responsibilities in those roles—you may not
be hiring immediately but as you grow and there is natural attrition in your
business you will need to build a bench.
Have a form where people can submit their resume and as a bonus ask them
to create a video about why they would like to join your agency.
By posting your story on your website and sharing your core values you are
going to attract people who resonate with you and want to be a part of your
vision.
In order to get to your destination, you need to have all the team on the boat
in the right place and rowing in the right direction.
679
where you see them in the future and what they need to do to get
there
• Ask them what their personal goals are:
• Saving for a house?
• Saving for travel?
• You can work with them to set targets around their job roles that are
linked to helping them achieve their personal goals
If you are absolutely not inspired to do the evaluation work, you’re not alone.
Ninety-nine percent of agency owners don’t want to do this work.
680
• Create a culture of learning
• To get started, create a once a month lunch and learn session with your
team
• Have team members complete certifications together
• Have brainstorming sessions with team members on ideas for your
marketing
• Create a “show and tell” where account managers share success stories
with one of your clients and give them advice if they are stuck on
something
• Have 10% of your week be dedicated to learning
Another challenge that agency owners experience is they feel their team has
a lack of knowledge of how their business works. It’s up to you to educate
your team.
• Walk your team through your profits, revenue, expenses, margins, etc.
• Work with your accountant to set some clear revenue and profit targets
and share with the team
• If possible, create a target for the team (like an end of year team dinner or
night away) if you get 5% over your profit target for the year
• Show each person how they are contributing to the profit goals
• Have everyone working together
681
Mike Rhodes
Founder & CEO, WebSavvy.Com.Au
Session Description:
A.I. is changing the game - again. In this session, Mike will teach you which Google A.I.
features to leverage (and which to avoid). You’ll leave with a detailed and practical guide for
your agency or business so that you can optimise your accounts and grow your revenue in
2019.
682
When smart humans work with smart machines, we become “extra-human.”
We’re able to use deep learning to predict behavior. Google Ads AI is
becoming really good at making these predictions and it’s only going to get
better.
It’s our job as humans to define the target and it’s the machine’s job is to
optimize it for maximum ROI.
1: Search Strategies
683
• Test before you trust the ML
Audiences
The most important thing is to optimize the display for the right data. To get
it to optimize faster, change what you’re optimizing for. Move it further up the
funnel. Optimize for people viewing the check out page or clicking the add to
cart button.
• Google takes over everything and runs your whole display campaign
• Don’t use it
684
(RELATED: [Parts 1 & 2] The Display Grid: How to Scale Your AdWords
Display Campaigns Profitably with Laser-Focused Targeting and the Right
Choice of Ad Type)
• We have a list of 3,000 websites that we’ve built over time to make sure
our ads get seen on those websites
• Find scripts to build your own list so you can exclude sketchy websites
• You set the price and only pay when you get a conversion
• It’s now available on all display campaigns
• Test, test, test
685
3: Shopping
Smart Shopping
• When this works, it works really well but it’s not always working (yet)
• Dynamic Remarketing
• Compare an old shopping campaign and to a smart shopping
campaign to get the results of the smart shopping campaign
• Make sure to give the machine a target ROAS
Tool: remove.bg
4: YouTube
Pre-roll Ads
686
TrueView for Action
687
Tools to Use: Genero.com
5: The Opportunity
688
Joe Polish
Founder, Piranha Marketing
Session Description:
To become partners with industry titans, like Richard Branson, you have to become a master
of your personal development, become a results leader, avoid being an information junkie,
and share your knowledge. Here’s how Joe Polish has positioned himself to be partnered
with these titans and to become a leader who is positively impacting the world.
689
There are 4 steps to take to become the entrepreneur who partners with
industry leaders like Richard Branson.
We live in a shallow world without a lot of depth and rarely do we deep dive
on ourselves. If you’re not connected to yourself, how can you connect with
customers, team members, and these massive industry titans?
Your thoughts are great but what are you doing with them?
You’re better off mastering 1-3 books over reading 50. That deep dive is 10x
more beneficial than knowing a little about a lot.
If you’re going to join a Mastermind group, go deep with that group instead
of looking to join other groups too.
Go and learn things and then share what you learned with other people.
Knowledge is a form of currency—it’s relationship capital. When you share
690
your knowledge, you end up on stages you never imagined and interviewing
people you’ve always looked up to.
At the beginning of your career, you’ll get paid for what you do. One day,
there will be a shift and you’ll start getting paid for who you are. You’ll
become the partnership that new entrepreneurs are seeking and you’ll have
the impact that you hoped for.
691
Richard Lindner
Co-Founder & President, DigitalMarketer
Session Description:
Welcome to the event that just gave you TOO many good ideas. We want you to capitalize
off of everything you have learned from the Traffic & Conversion Summit 2019 and I’m going
to show you how. Here is the Ranking and Prioritization Formula DigitalMarketer uses to find
the ideas with the greatest impact and highest ROI.
692
If you attended each session at the Traffic & Conversion Summit and heard
even one good idea per session, you’d have a lot of new ideas to implement
in your business. If you came with a business partner, you are leaving with
double that.
“Capital isn’t that important in business. Experience isn’t important. You can
get both of these things. What is important is ideas.” - Harvey Firestone
We want you to capitalize off of everything you’ve learned from the Traffic &
Conversion Summit 2019, and I’m going to show you how.
Pro Tip: The best implementation insurance you can buy are the T&C
recordings. They come out to $1.38 per recording, and you get to teach your
team what you’ve learned and get them excited for the ideas you’re going to
capitalize off of.
Having too many ideas isn’t the problem. The problem is identifying the ideas
that will have an impact. Which of these ideas will have the biggest impact
on growing your business today? Categorize all of the new ideas in four
categories:
1. Acquisition
2. Activation
693
If you’re really good at getting leads but you can’t get them to convert or
ascend in the Customer Value Journey, this is the idea to implement.
3. Monetization
If you’re great at getting people to buy, but you can’t get them to buy again,
this is the main idea that you’ll take home with you.
4. Retention
If you don’t have problems getting customers to know about your business
but you can’t get them to ascend quickly and stick around long term, this is
the idea for you.
Now, We Analyze
• We focus a lot on what’s not working in our businesses which isn’t typically
where growth happens
• We need to scale what is working
• What can be optimized to upgrade it from better to best?
• What are we doing well that we could be doing better?
694
• Users came to that page and bought stuff without us sending an email,
spending more on Facebook ads, or making outbound phone calls
• It’s still one of the highest visited pages on our website
Impact
Confidence
Ease
695
• How much bandwidth do we have?
• Can the team handle it?
Which one session or idea will have the greatest impact on your business
today?
696